Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors

ABSTRACT

Disclosed are compounds of the formula I 
                         
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
         W is a bond, —C(═S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —C(═O)—, —O—, —C(R 6 )(R 7 )—, —N(R 5 )— or —C(═N(R 5 ))—;   X is —O—, —N(R 5 )— or —C(R 6 )(R 7 )—; provided that when X is —O—, U is not —O—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —C(═O)— or —C(═NR 5 )—;   U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —C(O)—, —O—, —P(O)(OR 15 )—, —C(═NR 5 )—, —(C(R 6 )(R 7 )) b — or —N(R 5 )—; wherein b is 1 or 2; provided that when W is —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, or —N(R 5 )—, U is not —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, or —N(R 5 )—; provided that when X is —N(R 5 )— and W is —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, or —N(R 5 )—, then U is not a bond;   and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7  are as defined in the specification;
 
and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of formula I.
       

     Also disclosed is the method of inhibiting aspartyl protease, and in particular, the methods of treating cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and the methods of inhibiting of Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes. 
     Also disclosed are methods of treating cognitive or neurodegenerative diseases using the compounds of formula I in combination with a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m 1  agonist or m 2  antagonist.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

The present application is a divisional of co-pending application U.S. Ser. No. 11/149,027, filed Jun. 9, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of application U.S. Ser. No. 11/010,772, filed Dec. 13, 2004, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/529,535, filed Dec. 15, 2003, all incorporated herein by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This invention relates to heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, their use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and their use as inhibitors of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepsins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes.

BACKGROUND

Eight human aspartic proteases of the A1 (pepsin-like) family are known to date: pepsin A and C, renin, BACE, BACE 2, Napsin A, cathepsin D in pathological conditions.

The role of renin-angiotensin system (RAS) in regulation of blood pressure and fluid electrolyte has been well established (Oparil, S, et al. N Engl J Med 1974; 291:381-401/446-57). The octapeptide Angiotensin-II, a potent vasoconstrictor and stimulator for release of adrenal aldosterone, was processed from the precursor decapeptide Angiotensin-I, which in turn was processed from angiotensinogen by the renin enzyme. Angiotensin-II was also found to play roles in vascular smooth muscle cell growth, inflammation, reactive oxygen species generation and thrombosis, influence atherogenesis and vascular damage. Clinically, the benefit of interruption of the generation of angiotensin-II through antagonism of conversion of angiotensin-I has been well known and there are a number of ACE inhibitor drugs on the market. The blockade of the earlier conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin-I, i.e. the inhibition of renin enzyme, is expected to have similar but not identical effects. Since renin is an aspartyl protease whose only natural substrate is angiotensinogen, it is believed that there would be less frequent adverse effect for controlling high blood pressure and related symptoms regulated by angiotensin-II through its inhibition.

Another protease, Cathepsin-D, is involved in lysosomal biogenesis and protein targeting, and may also be involved in antigen processing and presentation of peptide fragments. It has been linked to numerous diseases including, Alzheimer's, disease, connective tissue disease, muscular dystrophy and breast cancer.

Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive neurodegenerative disease that is ultimately fatal. Disease progression is associated with gradual loss of cognitive function related to memory, reasoning, orientation and judgment. Behavioral changes including confusion, depression and aggression also manifest as the disease progresses. The cognitive and behavioral dysfunction is believed to result from altered neuronal function and neuronal loss in the hippocampus and cerebral cortex. The currently available AD treatments are palliative, and while they ameliorate the cognitive and behavioral disorders, they do not prevent disease progression. Therefore there is an unmet medical need for AD treatments that halt disease progression.

Pathological hallmarks of AD are the deposition of extracellular β-amyloid (Aβ) plaques and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles comprised of abnormally phosphorylated protein tau. Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic Aβ deposits, in brain regions known to be important for memory and cognition. It is believed that Aβ is the fundamental causative agent of neuronal cell loss and dysfunction which is associated with cognitive and behavioral decline. Amyloid plaques consist predominantly of Aβ peptides comprised of 40-42 amino acid residues, which are derived from processing of amyloid precursor protein (APP). APP is processed by multiple distinct protease activities. Aβ peptides result from the cleavage of APP by β-secretase at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ, and at the C-terminus by γ-secretase activity. APP is also cleaved by α-secretase activity resulting in the secreted, non-amyloidogenic fragment known as soluble APP.

An aspartyl protease known as BACE-1 has been identified as the β-secretase activity responsible for cleavage of APP at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ peptides.

Accumulated biochemical and genetic evidence supports a central role of Aβ in the etiology of AD. For example, Aβ has been shown to be toxic to neuronal cells in vitro and when injected into rodent brains. Furthermore inherited forms of early-onset AD are known in which well-defined mutations of APP or the presenilins are present. These mutations enhance the production of Aβ and are considered causative of AD.

Since Aβ peptides are formed as a result β-secretase activity, inhibition of BACE-1 should inhibit formation of Aβ peptides. Thus inhibition of BACE-1 is a therapeutic approach to the treatment of AD and other cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases caused by Aβ plaque deposition.

Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), is the causative agent of acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). It has been clinically demonstrated that compounds such as indinavir, ritonavir and saquinavir which are inhibitors of the HIV aspartyl protease result in lowering of viral load. As such, the compounds described herein would be expected to be useful for the treatment of AIDS. Traditionally, a major target for researchers has been HIV-1 protease, an aspartyl protease related to renin.

In addition, Human T-cell leukemia virus type I (HTLV-I) is a human retrovirus that has been clinically associated with adult T-cell leukemia and other chronic diseases. Like other retroviruses, HTLV-I requires an aspartyl protease to process viral precursor proteins, which produce mature virions. This makes the protease an attractive target for inhibitor design. (Moore, et al. Purification of HTLV-I Protease and Synthesis of Inhibitors for the treatment of HTLV-I Infection 55^(th) Southeast Regional Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Atlanta, Ga., US Nov. 16-19, 2003 (2003), 1073. CODEN; 69EUCH Conference, AN 2004:137641 CAPLUS.)

Plasmepsins are essential aspartyl protease enzymes of the malarial parasite. Compounds for the inhibition of aspartyl proteases plasmepsins, particularly I, II, IV and HAP, are in development for the treatment of malaria. (Freire, et al. WO 2002074719. Na Byoung-Kuk, et al. Aspartic proteases of Plasmodium vivax are highly conserved in wild isolates Korean Journal of Prasitology (2004 June), 42 (2) 61-6, Journal code: 9435800) Furthermore, compounds used to target aspartyl proteases plasmepsins (e.g. I, II, IV and HAP), have been used to kill malarial parasites, thus treating patients thus afflicted.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds having the structural formula I

or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein

W is a bond, —C(═S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(═O)—, —O—, —C(R⁶)(R⁷)—, —N(R⁵)— or —C(═N(R⁵))—;

X is —O—, —N(R⁵)— or —C(R⁶)(R⁷)—; provided that when X is —O—, U is not —O—, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(═O)— or —C(═NR⁵)—;

U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —O—, —P(O)(OR¹⁵)—, —C(═NR⁵)—, —(C(R⁶)(R⁷))_(b)— or —N(R⁵)—; wherein b is 1 or 2; provided that when W is —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —O—, or —N(R⁵)—, U is not —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —O—, or —N(R⁵)—; provided that when X is —N(R⁵)— and W is —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —O—, or —N(R⁵)—, then U is not a bond;

R¹, R² and R⁵ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, —OR¹⁵, —CN, —C(O)R⁸, —C(O)OR⁹, —S(O)R¹⁰, —S(O)₂R¹⁰, —C(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —NO₂, —N═C(R⁸)₂ and —N(R⁸)₂, provided that R¹ and R⁵ are not both selected from —NO₂, —N═C(R⁸)₂ and —N(R⁸)₂;

R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH₂—O—Si(R⁹)(R¹⁰)(R¹⁹), —SH, —CN, —OR⁹, —C(O)R⁸, —C(O)OR⁹, —C(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —SR¹⁹, —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R⁸, —N(R¹¹)S(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹¹)C(O)N(R¹²)(R¹³), —N(R¹¹)C(O)OR⁹ and —C(═NOH)R⁸; provided that when U is —O— or —N(R⁵)—, then R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ are not halo, —SH, —OR⁹, —SR¹⁹, —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R⁸, —N(R¹¹)S(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹¹)C(O)N(R¹²)(R¹³), or —N(R¹¹)C(O)OR⁹; provided that when W is —O— or —N(R⁵)—, then R³ and R⁴ are not halo, —SH, —OR⁹, —SR¹⁹, —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R⁸, —N(R¹¹)S(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹¹)C(O)N(R¹²)(R¹³), or —N(R¹¹)C(O)OR⁹; and provided that when X is —N(R⁵)—, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, R³ and R⁴ are not halo, —CN, —SH, —OR⁹, —SR¹⁹, —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²) or —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²); or R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by R¹⁴ or a 3-7 membered cycloalkylether optionally substituted by R¹⁴;

or R³ and R⁴ or R⁶ and R⁷ together with the carbon to which they are attached, are combined to form multicyclic groups such as

wherein M is —CH₂—, S, —N(R¹⁹)— or O, A and B are independently aryl or heteroaryl and q is 0, 1 or 2 provided that when q is 2, one M must be a carbon atom and when q is 2, M is optionally a double bond; and with the proviso that when R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ form said multicyclic groups

then adjacent R³ and R⁴ or R⁶ and R⁷ groups cannot be combined to form said multicyclic groups;

R⁸ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —OR¹⁵, —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶;

R⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl;

R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶);

R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —C(O)R⁸, —C(O)OR⁹, —S(O)R¹⁰, —S(O)₂R¹⁰, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —S(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —S(O)₂N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶) and —CN;

R¹⁴ is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR¹⁵, —C(O)R¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —SR¹⁵, —S(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —S(O)₂N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —C(═NOR¹⁵)R¹⁶, —P(O)(OR¹⁵)(OR¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶;

R¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R¹⁸-alkyl, R¹⁸-cycloalkyl, R¹⁸-cycloalkylalkyl, R¹⁸-heterocycloalkyl, R¹⁸-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R¹⁸-aryl, R¹⁸-arylalkyl, R¹⁸-heteroaryl and R¹⁸-heteroarylalkyl; or

R¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ are

wherein R²³ numbers 0 to 5 substituents, m is 0 to 6 and n is 1 to 5;

R¹⁸ is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO₂, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF₃, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R¹⁹, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR¹⁹, —C(O)NHR²⁰, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH₂—C(O)N(alkyl)₂, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR¹⁹, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)NH₂, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)₂NH₂, —S(O)₂NHR¹⁹, —S(O)₂NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)₂N(alkyl)₂, —S(O)₂N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF₃, —OH, —OR²⁰, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH₂, —NHR²⁰, —N(alkyl)₂, —N(arylalkyl)₂, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R²⁰, —NHC(O)NH₂, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)₂R²⁰, —NHS(O)₂NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)₂N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)₂NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)₂N(alkyl)(alkyl);

or two R¹⁸ moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form

R¹⁹ is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;

R²⁰ is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;

and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R²¹ groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —SR¹⁵, —S(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —CH(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —S(O)₂N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —C(═NOR⁵)R¹⁶, —P(O)(OR¹⁵)(OR¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), -alkyl-N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —CH₂—R¹⁵; —CH₂N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, —S(O)R¹⁵, ═NOR¹⁵, —N₃, —NO₂ and —S(O)₂R¹⁵; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R²¹ are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R²² groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF₃, —CN, —OR¹⁵, —C(O)R¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵, -alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁵, C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —SR¹⁵, —S(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —S(O)₂N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —C(═NOR¹⁵)R¹⁶, —P(O)(OR¹⁵)(OR¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), -alkyl-N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, —N₃, ═NOR¹⁵, —NO₂, —S(O)R¹⁵ and —S(O)₂R¹⁵;

or two R²¹ or two R²² moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form

and when R²¹ or R²² are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR¹⁵)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶ and —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ together can be a C₂ to C₄ chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R²³;

R²³ is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR²⁴, —C(O)R²⁴, —C(O)OR²⁴, —C(O)N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —SR²⁴, —S(O)N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —S(O)₂N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —C(═NOR²⁴)R²⁵, —P(O)(OR²⁴)(OR²⁵), —N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), -alkyl-N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —N(R²⁴)C(O)R²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)₂R²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)S(O)₂R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)₂N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)S(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)C(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)C(O)OR²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)OR²⁵, —S(O)R²⁴ and —S(O)₂R²⁴; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R²³ are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R²⁷ groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF₃, —CN, —OR²⁴, —C(O)R²⁴, —C(O)OR²⁴, alkyl-C(O)OR²⁴, C(O)N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —SR²⁴, —S(O)N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —S(O)₂N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —C(═NOR²⁴)R²⁵, —P(O)(OR²⁴)(OR²⁵), —N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), -alkyl-N(R²⁴)(R²⁵), —N(R²⁴)C(O)R²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)₂R²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)S(O)₂R²⁵, —N(R²⁴)S(O)₂N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)S(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)C(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)N(R²⁵)(R²⁶), —N(R²⁴)C(O)OR²⁵, —CH₂—N(R²⁴)C(O)OR²⁵, —S(O)R²⁴ and —S(O)₂R²⁴;

R²⁴, R²⁵ and R²⁶ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R²⁷-alkyl, R²⁷-cycloalkyl, R²⁷-cycloalkylalkyl, R²⁷-heterocycloalkyl, R²⁷-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R²⁷-aryl, R²⁷-arylalkyl, R²⁷-heteroaryl and R²⁷-heteroarylalkyl;

R²⁷ is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO₂, halo, —CF₃, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R²⁸, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR²⁸, —C(O)NHR²⁹, —C(O)N(alkyl)₂, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR²⁸, —S(O)₂R²⁹, —S(O)NH₂, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)₂NH₂, —S(O)₂NHR²⁸, —S(O)₂NH(aryl), —S(O)₂NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)₂N(alkyl)₂, —S(O)₂N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR²⁹, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH₂, —NHR²⁹, —N(alkyl)₂, —N(arylalkyl)₂, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R²⁹, —NHC(O)NH₂, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl) —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)₂R²⁹, —NHS(O)₂NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)₂N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)₂NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)₂N(alkyl)(alkyl);

R²⁸ is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and

R²⁹ is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;

provided that when W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, R¹ is not optionally substituted phenyl, and that when U is —C(O)— and W is a bond, R⁵ is not optionally substituted phenyl;

provided that neither R¹ nor R⁵ is —C(O)-alkyl-azetidinone or alkyl di-substituted with (—COOR¹⁵ or —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶)) and (—N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), or —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶);

provided that when R¹ is methyl, X is —N(R⁵)—, R² is H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R³, R⁴) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH₃O-phenyl, NO₂-phenyl); and when W is a bond and U is —C(O)—, (R³, R⁴) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH₃O-phenyl, NO₂-phenyl);

provided that when X is —N(R⁵)—, R¹ and R⁵ are each H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R³, R⁴) is not (optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted benzyl), (optionally substituted phenyl, heteroarylalkyl) or (heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl);

provided that when U is a bond, W is —C(O)—, and R³ and R⁴ form a ring with the carbon to which they are attached, R¹ is not 2-CF₃-3-CN-phenyl;

provided that when X is —N(R⁵)—, U is —O— and W is a bond or —C(R⁶)(R⁷)—, (R³, R⁴) is not (H, —NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl) or (H, alkyl-NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl); and

provided that when X is —N(R⁵)—, R¹ and R⁵ are not -alkylaryl-aryl-SO₂—N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶) wherein R¹⁵ is H and R¹⁶ is heteroaryl;

provided that when R¹ is R²¹-aryl or R²¹-arylalkyl, wherein R²¹ is —OCF₃, —S(O)CF₃, —S(O)₂CF₃, —S(O)alkyl, —S(O)₂alkyl, —S(O)₂CHF₂, —S(O)₂CF₂CF₃, —OCF²CHF₂, —OCHF₂, —OCH₂CF₃, —SF₅ or —S(O)₂NR¹⁵R¹⁶;

wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, R¹⁸-alkyl, R¹⁸-cycloalkyl, R¹⁸-heterocycloalkyl, R¹⁸-aryl and R¹⁸-heteroaryl; U is a bond or —CH₂; and X is —N(R⁵)—; then R⁵ is H;

provided that when U is a bond,

R³ and R⁴ are alkyl,

where R²¹ is halo, —CN, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy, or R³ and R⁴, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group,

and R¹ is

where a is 0 to 6 and R²² is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, —CN, —OH, —NO₂ or haloalkyl;

then R^(21a) is not H, —C(O)₂R¹⁵, wherein R¹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl substituted with phenyl, alkyl or alkyl-R²², wherein R²² is selected from the group consisting of

phenyl,

phenyl substituted with alkyl,

and

wherein R²² is selected from the group consisting of H, methoxy, nitro, oxo, —OH, halo and alkyl,

In another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of inhibiting aspartyl protease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.

More specifically, the invention comprises: the method of treating a cardiovascular disease such as hypertension, renal failure, or a disease modulated by renin inhibition; the method of treating Human Immunodeficiency Virus; the method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's Disease; the method of inhibiting plasmepins I and II for treatment of malaria; the method of inhibiting Cathepsin D for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, breast cancer, and ovarian cancer; and the method of inhibiting protozoal enzymes, for example inhibition of plasmodium falciparnum, for the treatment of fungal infections. Said method of treatment comprise administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment. In particular, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.

In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient I need of such treatment a combination of at least one compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m₁ agonist or m₂ antagonist.

In a final aspect, the invention relates to a kit comprising in separate containers in a single package pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination, in which one container comprises a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a second container comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m₁ agonist or m₂ antagonist in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the combined quantities being an effective amount to treat a cognitive disease or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's disease.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Compounds of formula I wherein X, W and U are as defined above include the following independently preferred structures:

In compounds of formulas IA to IF, U is preferably a bond or —C(R⁶)(R⁷)—. In compounds of formula IG and IH, U is preferably —C(O)—.

It will be understood that since the definition of R¹ is the same as the definition of R⁵, when X is —N(R⁵)—, compounds of formula I wherein W is a bond and U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R⁶)(R⁷)— or —N(R⁵)— are equivalent to compounds of formula I wherein U is a bond and W is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R⁶)(R⁷)— or —N(R⁵)—.

More preferred compounds of the invention are those of formula IB wherein U is a bond or those of formula IB wherein U is —C(R⁶)(R⁷)—.

Another group of preferred compounds of formula I is that wherein R² is H.

R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ are preferably selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH₂—O—Si(R⁹)(R¹⁰)(R¹⁹), —SH, —CN, —OR⁹, —C(O)R⁸, —C(O)OR⁹, —C(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —SR¹⁹, —S(O)N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —S(O)₂N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)(R¹²), —N(R¹¹)C(O)R⁸, —N(R¹¹)S(O)R¹⁰, —N(R¹¹)C(O)N(R¹²)(R¹³), —N(R¹¹)C(O)OR⁹ and —C(═NOH)R⁸.

R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ are preferably selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.

In a group of preferred compounds

U is a bond or —C(O)—;

W is a bond or —C(O)—;

X is —N(R⁵)—;

R¹ is H, alkyl, R²¹-alkyl, arylalkyl, R²¹-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl,

R² is H;

R³ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl or R²¹-arylalkyl;

R⁴ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl or R²¹-arylalkyl;

R⁵ is H, alkyl, R²¹-alkyl, arylalkyl, R²¹-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R⁶ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl or R²¹-arylalkyl;

R⁷ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl or R²¹-arylalkyl;

R¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H, R¹⁸-alkyl, alkyl or

R²¹ is alkyl, aryl, halo, —OR¹⁵, —NO₂, —C(O)R¹⁵, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) or —CH(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶);

n is 1;

m is 1;

R¹⁸ is —OR²⁰

R²⁰ is aryl;

and

R²³ is alkyl.

In a group of preferred compounds

R³, R⁴, R⁶ and R⁷ are

and

R¹ and R⁵ is H, CH₃,

In an additional group of preferred compounds;

U is a bond or —C(O)—;

W is a bond or —C(O)—;

X is —N(R⁵)—;

R¹ is H, alkyl, R²¹-alkyl, arylalkyl, R²¹-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl,

R² is H;

R³ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl, R²¹-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-heteroarylalkyl, R²¹-heteroaryl, R²¹-heterocycloalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R⁴ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl, R²¹-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-heteroarylalkyl, R²¹-heteroaryl, R²¹-heterocycloalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R⁵ is H, alkyl, R²¹-alkyl, arylalkyl, R²¹-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R⁶ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl, R²¹-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-heteroarylalkyl, R²¹-heteroaryl, R²¹-heterocycloalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R⁷ is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R²¹-alkyl, R²¹-cycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-cycloalkyl, R²¹-aryl, R²¹-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R²¹-heteroarylalkyl, R²¹-heteroaryl, R²¹-heterocycloalkyl or R²¹-heterocycloalkylalkyl;

R¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R¹⁸-alkyl, alkyl, aryl, R¹⁸-aryl, R¹⁸-arylalkyl, arylalkyl,

R¹⁸-arylalkyl, arylalkyl,

n is 1 or 2;

m is 0 or 1;

R¹⁸ is —OR²⁰ or halo;

R²⁰ is aryl or halo substituted aryl;

R²¹ is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, R²²-alkyl, R²²-aryl, R²²-heteroaryl, halo, heterocycloalkyl, —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —OR¹⁵, —NO₂, —C(O)R¹⁵, —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) or —CH(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶);

R²² is —OR¹⁵ or halo

and

R²³ is H or alkyl.

It is noted that the carbons of formula I may be replaced with 1 to 3 silicon atoms so long as all valency requirements are satisfied.

As used above, and throughout the specification, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:

“Patient” includes both human and animals.

“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.

“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, nonyl and decyl. R²¹-substituted alkyl groups include fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.

“Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.

“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl, and decynyl.

“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., R¹⁸, R²¹, R²², etc.) which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein or two substituents on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form

Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.

“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one to eight of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more R²¹ substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like.

“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more R²¹ substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalin, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include the following

“Cycloalkylether” means a non-aromatic ring of 3 to 7 members comprising an oxygen atom and 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Ring carbon atoms can be substituted, provided that substituents adjacent to the ring oxygen do not include halo or substituents joined to the ring through an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom.

“Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The cycloalkenyl ring can be optionally substituted with one or more R²¹ substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.

“Heterocyclenyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein “ring system substituent” is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic azaheterocyclenyl groups include 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 1,4-dihydropyridyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable oxaheterocyclenyl groups include 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic oxaheterocyclenyl group is 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic thiaheterocyclenyl rings include dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like.

“Halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.

“Haloalkyl” means an alkyl as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.

“Heterocyclyl” (or heterocycloalkyl) means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which 1-3, preferably 1 or 2 of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R²¹ substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.

“Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.

“Arylcycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and cycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and cycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylcycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R²¹ substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylcycloalkyls include indanyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.

“Arylheterocycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and heterocycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and heterocycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylheterocycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R²¹ substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylheterocycloalkyls include

The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.

Similarly, “heteroarylalkyl” “cycloalkylalkyl” and “heterocycloalkylalkyl” mean a heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl- or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.

“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)— group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, 2-methylpropanoyl, butanoyl and cyclohexanoyl.

“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy and heptoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.

“Alkyoxyalkyl” means a group derived from an alkoxy and alkyl as defined herein. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.

“Arylalkenyl” means a group derived from an aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkenyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkenyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R²⁷ substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.

“Arylalkynyl” means a group derived from a aryl and alkynyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkynyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkynyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkynyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R²⁷ substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.

The suffix “ene” on alkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, etc. indicates a divalent moiety, e.g., —CH₂CH₂— is ethylene, and

is para-phenylene.

The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties, in available position or positions.

Substitution on a cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl moiety includes substitution on the ring portion and/or on the alkyl portion of the group.

When a variable appears more than once in a group, e.g., R⁸ in —N(R⁸)₂, or a variable appears more than once in the structure of formula I, e.g., R¹⁵ may appear in both R¹ and R³, the variables can be the same or different.

With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases “one or more” and “at least one” mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. With respect to the compositions and methods comprising the use of “at least one compound of formula I,” one to three compounds of formula I can be administered at the same time, preferably one.

As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

The wavy line

as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)-stereochemistry. For example,

Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:

indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.

As well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom, unless stated otherwise. For example:

It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples, structural formulae, and any Tables herein is assumed to have the hydrogen atom or atoms to satisfy the valences.

Those skilled in the art will recognize that certain compounds of formula I are tautomeric, and all such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention. For example, a compound wherein X is —N(R⁵)— and R¹ and R⁵ are each H can be represented by any of the following structures:

When R²¹ and R²², are, for example, —N(R¹⁵)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ form a ring, the moiety formed, is, for example,

Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term “prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of formula I or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.

“Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H₂O.

“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting aspartyl protease and/or inhibiting BACE-1 and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.

The compounds of formula I form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization. Acids (and bases) which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic (or acidic) pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66 (1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website); and P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (2002) Int'l. Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, pp. 330-331. These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pamoates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates), undecanoates, and the like.

Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, aluminum salts, zinc salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, piperazine, phenylcyclohexylamine, choline, tromethamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.

All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.

All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention. Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate” “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prod rugs of the inventive compounds.

Polymorphic forms of the compounds of formula I, and of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds of formula I, are intended to be included in the present invention

Compounds of formula I can be made using procedures known in the art. Preparative methods for preparing starting materials and compounds of formula I are show below as general reaction schemes (Method A, Method B, etc.) followed by specific procedures, but those skilled in the art will recognize that other procedures can also be suitable. In the Schemes and in the Examples below, the following abbreviations are used:

-   -   methyl: Me; ethyl: Et; propyl: Pr; butyl: Bu; benzyl: Bn;         tertiary butyloxycarbonyl: Boc or BOC     -   high pressure liquid chromatography: HPLC     -   liquid chromatography mass spectroscopy: LCMS     -   room temperature: RT or rt     -   day: d; hour: h; minute: min     -   retention time: R_(t)     -   microwave: μW     -   saturated: sat.; anhydrous: anhyd.     -   1-hydroxybenzotriazole: HOBt     -   1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride:         EDCl     -   ethyl acetate: EtOAc     -   Benzyloxycarbonyl: CBZ     -   [1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane         bis(tetrafluoro-borate)]: Selectfluor     -   1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene: DBU     -   tetrahydrofuran: THF; N,N-dimethylformamide: DMF; methanol:         MeOH; diethyl ether: Et₂O; acetic acid: AcOH; acetonitrile:         MeCN; trifluoroacetic acid: TFA; dichloromethane: DCM;         dimethoxyethane: DME; diphenylphosphinoferrocene (dppf);     -   n-butyllithium: n-BuLi; lithium diisopropylamide: LDA     -   1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole: HOAt     -   4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine: DMAP; diisopropylethylamine: DIEA;         N-methylmorpholine: NMM     -   Microporous Toluene sulfonic acid resin (MP-TsOH resin)     -   tris-(2-aminoethyl)aminomethyl polystyrene (PS-trisamine)     -   methylisocyanate polystyrene (PS-NCO)     -   Saturated (sat.); anhydrous, (anhyd); room temperature (rt);         hour (h); Minutes (Min), Retention Time (R_(t)); molecular         weight (MW); milliliter (mL); gram (g). milligram (mg);         equivalent (eq); day (d); microwave (μW); microliter (μL);

All NMR data were collected on 400 MHz NMR spectrometers unless otherwise indicated. LC-Electrospray-Mass spectroscopy with a C-18 column and 5% to 95% MeCN in water as the mobile phase was used to determine the molecular mass and retention time. The tables contain the compounds with retention time/observed MW and/or NMR data.

For internal consistency in the reaction schemes shown in Methods A to DF, the product of each method is shown as structure A4, B4, C3, etc., wherein certain variables are as defined for that method, but it will be apparent that, for example, A4 has the same structure as C3. That is, different methods can be used to prepare similar compounds.

The compounds in the invention may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemes and in the preparations and examples described below. The tables contain the compounds with observed m/e values from mass spectroscopy and/or NMR data. These compounds can be obtained with synthetic methods similar to these listed in the last column using appropriate reagents.

Method A

Method A Step 1

To a solution of A1 (R³=CH₃ & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (10 mmol, 1 eq) in 30 ml of anhyd. CH₂Cl₂ was added thiocarbonyl dipyridone (1.2 eq). After stirring overnight the solution was diluted with CH₂Cl₂, washed with 1N HCl, H₂O (2×), and a saturated aqueous NaCl solution (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography to afford A2 (R³=CH₃ & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂).

Method A Step 2

A solution of 3,5-difluorobenzyl amine (0.15 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (0.15 mL) was added to a solution of A2 (R³=CH₃ & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction solution was added to MP-TsOH resin (2-3 eq) and diluted with CH₃CN. The suspension was agitated overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford A3 (R¹=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R³=CH₃, & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂).

Method A Step 3

To a solution of A3 (R¹=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R³=CH₃, & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (10 mg) in CH₃OH (1 mL) was added NH₄OH (0.44 mL) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (0.1 mL) and the reaction mixture was agitated for 2 d. The solution was concentrated, the resulting residue was dissolved in CH₃OH (1.2 mL) and was treated with sulfonic acid resin. The suspension was agitated overnight and the resin was washed with CH₃OH (4×10 min) before it was treated with 2 N NH₃ in CH₃OH for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude material which was purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH₃CN/H₂O gradient to afford A4 (R¹=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R²=H, R³=CH₃, & R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂). NMR (CD₃OD): δ 6.9, m, 3H; δ 4.8-4.9, m; δ 1.75, d, 2H; δ 1.5, m, 1H; δ 1.42, s, 3H; δ 0.85, d, 3H; δ 0.65, d, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 296.1.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1

223 224 2

223 224 3

225 226 4

225 226 5

227 228 6

237 238 7

239 240 8

239 240 9

239 240 10

240 241 11

241 242 12

241 242 13

251 252 14

253 254 15

254 255 16

255 256 17

255 256 18

255 256 19

260 261 20

260 261 21

265 266 22

265 266 23

265 266 24

267 268 25

268 269 26

268 269 27

269 270 28

273 274 29

273 274 30

274 275 31

274 275 32

274 275 33

277 278 34

279 280 35

280 281 36

280 281 37

280 281 38

280 281 39

281 282 40

282 283 41

282 283 42

282 283 43

283 284 44

285 286 45

287 288 46

287 288 47

289 290 48

293 294 49

294 295 50

294 295 51

295 296 52

296 297 53

301 302 54

303 304 55

304 305 56

304 305 57

305 306 58

307 308 59

307 308 60

308 309 61

310 311 62

317 318 63

319 320 64

322 323 65

324 325 66

327 328 67

327 328 68

327 328 69

327 328 70

328 329 71

330 331 72

331 332 73

331 332 74

335 338 75

335 336 76

337 338 77

337 338 78

342 343 79

345 346 80

345 346 81

349 350 82

349 350 83

351 352 84

351 352 85

351 352 86

359 360 87

361 362 88

361 362 89

361 362 90

363 364 91

363 364 92

363 364 93

363 364 94

363 364 95

363 364 96

369 370 97

374 375 98

375 376 99

375 376 100

377 378 101

377 378 102

377 378 103

381 382 104

382 383 105

385 386 106

385 386 107

386 387 108

389 390 109

391 392 110

391 392 111

391 392 112

391 392 113

393 394 114

393 394 115

400 401 116

401 402 117

401 402 118

401 402 119

401 402 120

403 404 121

403 404 122

403 404 123

405 406 124

405 406 125

409 410 126

409 410 127

409 410 128

409 410 129

411 411 130

413 414 131

413 414 132

414 415 133

415 416 134

415 416 135

415 416 136

417 418 137

419 420 138

421 422 139

423 424 140

425 426 141

425 426 142

425 426 143

427 428 144

429 430 145

430 431 146

430 431 147

431 432 148

433 434 149

437 438 150

439 440 151

440 441 152

440 441 153

441 442 154

441 442 155

442 443 156

447 448 157

449 450 158

455 456 159

463 464 160

463 464 161

471 472 162

473 474 163

481 482 164

481 482 165

487 488 166

488 489 167

499 500 168

504 505 169

523 524 170

525 526 171

525 526 172

527 528 173

528 529 174

535 536 175

535 536 176

535 536 177

535 536 178

550 551 179

554 555 180

556 557 181

569 570 182

581 582 183

374 NA 184

388 NA 185

337 NMR 186

351 NMR

Method B

A modified literature procedure was used (Ugi, I. Angew. Chem. 1962, 74 9-22).

Method B Step 1

To a solution of B1 (HCl salt, R¹=3-chlorophenethyl) (1.1 g, 5.73 mmol) in anhydrous CH₃OH (15 mL) was added potassium thiocyanate (0.56 g, 5.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was added to B5 (R³=Me, R⁴=^(i)Bu) (0.72 mL, 5.73 mmol) and benzyl isocyanide (0.77 mL, 6.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight before the solution was concentrated and the residue was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield 0.28 g of B2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, and R¹=3-Chlorophenethyl).

Method B Step 2

A solution of 40% concentrated HCl in CH₃CH₂OH was added to B2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, and R¹=3-Chlorophenethyl) and the solution was heated in a microwave at 160° C. for 30 min. The solution was concentrated and purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH₃CN/H₂O (with 0.1% formic acid) gradient to afford B3 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, and R¹=3-Chlorophenethyl).

Method B Step 3

Compound B4 (R²=H, R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, and R¹=3-Chlorophenethyl) was prepared from B3 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, and R¹=3-Chlorophenethyl) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3. NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.1, br, 1H; δ 7.35, s, 1H; δ 7.25, m, 3H; δ 3.6, m, 1H; δ 3.4, m, 1H; δ 3.0, m, 1H; δ 2.8, m, 1H; δ 1.75, m, 1H; δ 1.6, m, 1H; δ 1.35, m, 1H; δ 1.2 s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 6H. ES_LCMS (m/e): 308.1

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 545

251 252 546

293 294 547

307 308 548

357 358 549

371 372 550

413 551

265

Method C

Method C Step 1

A solution of C1 (R³=R⁴=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) and C4 (R¹=3-chlorophenyl) (38 μL, 0.26 mmol) was refluxed overnight. Trisamine resin (2 eq) and polystyrene isocyanate resin (2 eq) was added and the mixture was agitated. After 3 h, the suspension was filtered and the resin was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (3×) and CH₃OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford C2 (R¹=3-Cl—C₆H₄, R³=R⁴=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) (60 mg, 68%).

Method C Step 2

Compound C3 (R¹=3-Cl—C₆H₄, R²=H, R³=R⁴=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) was prepared from C2 (R¹=3-Cl—C₆H₄, R³=R⁴=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3. NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.4, m, 2H; δ 7.2, m, 2H; δ 5.0, s, 2H; δ 1.7, m, 4H; δ 1.1, m, 8H; δ 0.7; m, 6H. ES-LCMS (m/e): 336.1.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 641

209 210 642

211 212 643

215 216 644

225 226 645

239 240 646

245 246 647

246 247 648

251 252 649

267 268 650

309 310 651

317 318 652

319 320 653

323 324 654

324 325 655

329 330 656

329 330 657

335 336 658

335 336 659

335 336 660

335 336 661

335 336 662

352 353 663

352 353 664

377 378 665

385 386 666

391 392 667

420 421 668

420 421

Method D

Method D Step 1

A mixture of D1 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅) (20 g), potassium cyanide (40 g) and ammonium carbonate (15 g) in ethanol (100 mL) and H₂O (200 mL) was heated in a sealed flask at 130° C. overnight to yield 25 g of D2 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅) after filtration followed by washing with water.

Method D Step 2

A solution of 2 N KOH (3 eq) was added to D2 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅) (1 eq) and irradiated via microwave at 185° C. for 3 h followed by addition of concentrated HCl to the solution until a pH=2-3 was obtained. The solid was filtered and washed with water to afford D3 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅).

Method D Step 3

A solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) (2 eq) was added drop wise to a solution of D3 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅) (1 eq) in anhydrous CH₃OH (30 mL). After 1 h, an additional 2 eq of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) was added and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes before it was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a 0.2 N HCl solution (25 mL) and washed with ether (3×). A saturated solution of Na₂CO₃ was added to the aqueous phase until the pH of the solution was basic. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford D4 (R³=R⁴=CH₂C₆H₅).

The following amino esters were prepared using a similar method.

Method E

Method E Step 1

Thionyl chloride (0.47, 6.38 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E1 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅) (2 g, 6.38 mmol) and benzaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.96 mL, 6.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF at 0° C. under N₂. After 5 min, ZnCl₂ (0.87 g, 6.38 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. After 3 h, an additional amount of ZnCl₂ (0.18 g, 1.28 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.1 mL, 1.28 mmol) were added and stirred for 1 h at 0° C. The reaction mixture was poured into a stirred suspension of ice/H₂O. The mixture was stirred occasionally until the ice melted. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H₂O (3×), a sat. aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (1×), and H₂O (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E2 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅).

Method E Step 2

A solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in hexane (1.0 M, 1.65 mL, 1.64 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E2 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅) (600 mg, 1.49 mmol) and HMPA (0.85 mL) in THF (6.5 mL) cooled at −78° C. under N₂. After 15 min, isobutyl iodide (0.52 mL, 4.48 mmol) was added drop wise and the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. The reaction was warmed to −65° C., stirred for 2 h and warmed to rt overnight. The reaction solution was poured into a mixture of sat. NaHCO₃ (aq)/ether/ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E3 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂).

Method E Step 3

A solution of lithium methoxide (1 N in CH₃OH) (0.36 mL, 0.36 mmol) was added to compound E3 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂). The reaction mixture was shaken at rt for 50 min. An additional 0.55 eq of lithium methoxide were added. After 2.5 h, a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO₃ (0.75 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and shaken for 15 min. The suspension was filtered. The resulting white solid was washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO₃ (1×) and ethyl acetate (1×). The aqueous phase of the filtrate was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO₃ (8×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford E4 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (109 mg, 87%).

Method E Step 4

To a solution of E4 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (109 mg, 0.28 mmol) in CH₃OH (4 mL) was added 1 N HCl (0.28 mL, 0.28 mmol) and 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (22 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 40 psi. After 2.5 h, the reaction was filtered and the catalyst was washed with CH₃OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford E5 (R³=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (78 mg, 96%).

The following aminoesters were prepared using similar method.

Method F

A 500 mL methanol solution of 20 g of D5 (R³=benzyl, n=1) with 1.5 eq of HCl was hydrogenated with 1 g of Rh/C (5% w/w) and 2 g of Pt/C (5% w/w) at 60 psi for 2 days. The solid was filtered and washed with excessive methanol. The combined solution was evaporated to give 20 g of F1 (R³=cyclohexylmethyl, n=1) as HCl salt.

The following amino esters were examples prepared using similar method.

Method G

Method G Step 1

To a solution of G1 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (400 mg, 1.23 mmol, generated following a procedure similar to Method C, Step 1) in ethanol (5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) in H₂O (0.5 mL). After 2.5 h, another portion of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added. After 5.5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (15 mL) and extracted with ether (2×). A solution of 30% HCl was added to the aqueous phase until its pH=1 to 2. The solution was saturated with NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford G2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (357 mg, 93%).

Method G Step 2

A solution of benzyl amine (1.2 eq) was added to G2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (1 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq) and polystyrene EDC resin (94 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq) in 1:1 THF:CH₃CN (1 mL). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight at rt. Trisamine resin (85 mg, 3.38 mmol/g, 6 eq) and isocyanate resin (100 mg, 1.47 mmol/g, 3 eq) was added. After 6 h, the suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford G3 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R¹⁵=CH₂C₆H₅ and R¹⁶=H).

Method G Step 3

Compound G4 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R²=H, R₃=CH₃, R¹⁵=CH₂C₆H₅ and R¹⁵=H) was prepared from G3 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R¹⁵=CH₂C₆H₅ and R¹⁶=H) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 669

322 323 670

334 335 671

336 337 672

348 349 673

364 365 674

364 365 675

376 377 676

384 385 677

390 391 678

393 394 679

398 399 680

398 399 681

406 407 682

412 413 683

414 415 684

414 415 685

414 415 686

421 422 687

428 429 688

434 435 689

442 443 690

449 450 691

461 462 692

511 512 693

511 512

Method H

Method H Step 1

To a solution of H1 (R³=CH₃) (5 g, 39 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of 0.5 M NaHCO₃:CH₃CH₂OH was added R¹—NCS (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl) (11.5 mL, 78 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled and diluted with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (5×). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (2×) and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solution was filtered and solvent was removed to give a small volume of solution. Hexane was added and the resulting suspension was filtered to yield 6.8 g of a solid H2 (R³=CH₃, R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄)) (61%).

Method H Step 2

Compound H3 (R³=CH₃, R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄)) was synthesized from H2 (R³=CH₃, R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄)) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.

Method H Step 3

To a solution of crude H3 (R³=CH₃, R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄)) (14 mmol) in a 1:3 mixture of CH₃OH:THF was added 0.5 M NaHCO₃ in H₂O (28 mL, 14 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.69 g, 16.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2.5 h and then stored at −10° C. overnight. The reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate (4×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (1×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.5 g of H4 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃).

Method H Step 4

A solution of triflic anhydride (128 μL, 0.76 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of H4 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (200 mg, 0.55 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (176 μL, 2.18 mmol) at −30° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. Water (10 mL) was added at −20° C. and the ice bath was removed. The reaction was stirred until it reached 0° C. The organic layer was separated, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford 310 mg of H5 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃).

Method H Step 5

A solution of crude H5 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (0.11 mmol) and 7N ammonia in Methanol (R²¹—H=NH₂—H) (10 eq) was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated. The crude material was purified using reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH₃CN/H₂0 gradient with 0.1% formic acid to yield H6 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R²¹=NH₂).

Method H Step 6

A solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was added to H6 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R²¹=NH₂). After 40 min the solvent was evaporated and residue purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH₃CN/H₂O gradient to afford H7 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R₃=CH₃, R²¹=NH2). NMR (CDCl₃), δ 7.45, m, 3H; δ 7.35, m, 1H; δ 4.9, m, 2H; δ 3.5, m, 2H; δ 1.65, s, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 267.07.

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 694

238 239 695

248 249 696

257 258 697

264 265 698

266 267 699

292 293 700

308 309 701

314 315 702

320 321 703

328 329 704

334 335 705

342 343 706

354 355 707

372 373 708

418 419 709

483 484

Method I

Method I Step 1

Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of the formate salt of I1 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃ and R¹⁶=H) in CH₂Cl₂ and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base I1 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃ and R¹⁶=H).

A solution of R¹⁵COOH (R¹⁵=Phenethyl) (1.3 eq) was added to a mixture of EDC resin (41 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq), and the free base of I1 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃ and R¹⁶=H) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH₃CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH₃CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford I2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R¹⁶=H and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅).

Method I Step 2

I3 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R¹⁶=H and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅) was prepared from I2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, R¹⁶=H and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂C₆H₅) using method similar to method H step 6.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 710

280 281 711

308 309 712

308 309 713

334 335 714

342 343 715

362 363 716

372 373 717

376 377 718

398 399 719

406 407 720

410  11 721

410  11 722

414  15 723

420  21 724

428  29 725

511  12

Method J

Method J Step 1

Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of J1 (TFA salt, R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) in CH₂Cl₂ and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base. A solution of R¹⁵NCO (R¹⁵=butyl) (2 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ was added to the free base of J1 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH₃CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH₃CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford J2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃).

Method J Step 2

Compound J3 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) was prepared from J2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 2.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 726

323 324 727

337 338 728

352 729

358 730

365 366 731

377 378 732

413 414 733

417 418 734

421 422 735

425 426

Method K

Method K Step 1

A solution of R¹⁵SO₂Cl (R¹⁵=Propyl) (1.5 eq) was added to a suspension of polystyrene diisopropylethylamine resin (18 mg, 3.45 mmol/g, 3 eq) and the free base of K1 prepared using method H (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄) and R³=CH₃) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH₃CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH₃CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford K2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₃).

Method K Step 2

Compound K3 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₃) was prepared from K2 (R¹=CH₂(3-ClC₆H₄), R³=CH₃, and R¹⁵=CH₂CH₂CH₃) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 6.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 736

316 317 737

344 345 738

372 373 739

378 379 740

442 443 741

454 455 742

492 493

Method L

(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)R¹⁶— is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶ and R¹⁵ is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method L Step 1

A solution of L1 (R³=CH₃ and R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) (1 eq) and Z=-para-methylene-benzyl) (1.05 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ was stirred at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated and purified via flash chromatography. The material was treated with 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH₂Cl₂ for 30 min. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 N HCl (10 mL) and washed with ether (2×) A saturated solution of Na₂CO₃ in H₂O was added to the aqueous phase until the solution became basic. The solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×). The CH₂Cl₂ extracts were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to yield L2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—).

Method L Step 2

Compound L3 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁶=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) was prepared from L2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) following the procedure described in Method I, Step 1.

Method L Step 3

Compound L4 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) was prepared from (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁶=CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 743

316 317 744

316 317 745

330 331 746

330 331 747

344 345 748

344 345 749

358 359 750

358 359 751

386 387 752

386 387 753

386 387 754

400 401 755

400 401 756

420 421 757

434 435 758

434 435 759

436 437 760

436 437 761

450 451 762

450 451 763

450 451 764

450 451 765

464 465 766

464 465 767

470 471 768

478 479 769

478 479 770

484 485 771

484 485 772

492 493 773

492 493 774

519 520 775

519 520 776

533 534 777

533 534

Method M

(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—NHR¹⁵— is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —N(R¹⁶)—C(O)—NHR¹⁵ and R¹⁶ is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method M Step 1

Compound M2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁵=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M1 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) following the procedure described in Method J, Step 1.

Method M Step 2

Compound M3 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁵=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁵=3,4-difluorophenyl) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3. NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.45, m, 1H; δ 7.26, m, 4H; 7.24, m, 1H; δ 6.96, m, 1H; δ 4.8, m; δ 4.3, s, 2H; δ 1.69, m, 2H; δ 1.44, m, 1H; δ 1.37, s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 3H; δ 0.63, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 430.27

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 778

331 332 779

359 360 780

359 360 781

373 374 782

373 374 783

373 374 784

373 374 785

387 388 786

387 388 787

387 388 788

387 388 789

401 402 790

401 402 791

405 406 792

407 408 793

407 408 794

407 408 795

413 414 796

413 414 797

418 419 798

418 419 799

421 422 800

421 422 801

421 422 802

421 422 803

421 422 804

421 422 805

421 422 806

421 422 807

423 424 808

423 424 809

423 424 810

423 424 811

425 426 812

425 426 813

427 428 814

429 430 815

429 430 816

429 430 817

432 433 818

432 433 819

432 433 820

433 434 821

433 434 822

435 436 823

435 436 824

435 436 825

435 436 826

435 436 827

435 436 828

435 436 829

437 438 830

437 438 831

437 438 832

437 438 833

437 438 834

437 438 835

437 438 836

439 440 837

439 440 838

439 440 839

441 442 840

441 442 841

441 442 842

441 442 843

443 444 844

443 444 845

443 444 846

447 448 847

447 448 848

449 450 849

450 451 850

450 451 851

450 451 852

451 452 853

451 452 854

451 452 855

452 453 856

453 454 857

453 454 858

455 456 859

455 456 860

455 456 861

457 458 862

457 458 863

457 458 864

458 459 865

458 459 866

460 461 867

461 462 868

461 462 869

461 462 870

461 462 871

461 462 872

461 462 873

461 462 874

463 464 875

466 467 876

466 467 877

467 468 878

469 470 879

469 470 880

471 472 881

471 472 882

472 473 883

472 473 884

475 476 885

475 476 886

475 476 887

475 476 888

475 476 889

475 476 890

475 476 891

475 476 892

475 476 893

475 476 894

475 476 895

475 476 896

477 478 897

477 478 898

479 480 899

479 480 900

480 481 901

483 484 902

483 484 903

485 486 904

485 486 905

485 486 906

485 486 907

485 486 908

489 490 909

489 490 910

489 490 911

491 492 912

493 494 913

493 494 914

493 494 915

493 494 916

496 497 917

496 497 918

497 498 919

497 498 920

499 500 921

501 502 922

501 502 923

502 503 924

502 503 925

502 503 926

502 503 927

503 504 928

505 506 929

507 508 930

507 508 931

507 508 932

509 510 933

509 510 934

509 510 935

510 511 936

511 512 937

511 512 938

514 515 939

515 516 940

515 516 941

519 520 942

519 520 943

522 523 944

523 524 945

523 524 946

525 526 947

527 528 948

529 530 949

533 534 950

537 538 951

539 540 952

543 544 953

545 546 954

545 546 955

547 548 956

549 550 957

553 554 958

555 556 959

559 560 960

559 560 961

387

Method N

(In the scheme, —Z—NH—S(O)₂R¹⁶— is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —N(R¹⁶)—C(O)—NHR¹⁵ and R¹⁶ is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method N Step 1

Compound N2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁶=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) was prepared from N1 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) following the procedure described in Method K, Step 1.

Method N Step 2

Compound N3 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁶=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) was prepared from N2 (R³=CH₃, R⁴=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R¹⁶=CH₂CH(CH₃)₂) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 962

380 381 963

380 381 964

394 395 965

394 395 966

451 452 967

484 485 968

484 485 969

498 499 970

498 499

Method O

Method O Step 1

A solution of indole-6-methanol (400 mg, 2.72 mmol), tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (816 mg, 5.41 mmol) and imidazole (740 mg, 10.9 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ was stirred at rt. overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give product O2.

Method O Step 2

To a solution of O2 (200 mg, 0.77 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. was added butyl lithium (1.2 eq). The solution was stirred at −78° C. for 5 min and then warmed to rt. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride was added. The solution was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous K₂CO₃ solution, extracted with ethyl acetate and CH₂Cl₂. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to afford 360 mg of O3.

Method O Step 3

A solution butyl lithium (1.2 eq) was added to a solution of O3 (340 mg, 0.829 mmol) in THF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at −78° C. then sulfur dioxide was bubbled through the solution for 15 min. Hexane (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was evaporated to afford O4 which was used in the next step without further purification.

Method O Step 4

To a solution of O4 (0.829 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ cooled to 0° C. was added N-chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.66 mmol). After 2 h of stirring, the solution was filtered through a Celite plug. The filtrate was concentrated to afford O5.

Method O Step 5

To a solution of O5 in anhydrous pyridine (3 mL) was added butyl amine (100 μL). The reaction was agitated at rt for 4 d. The reaction mixture was partitioned between 1 N HCl and CH₂Cl₂. The organic layer was separated and washed with 1 N HCl (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to yield O6.

Method O Step 6

To a solution of O6 (70 mg) in THF was added TBAF. The reaction was stirred at rt. before the reaction mixture was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded 50 mg of O7 (95%).

Method O Step 7

To a solution of O7 (50 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1 mL) the reaction was stirred for 5 min and then evaporated to afford O8.

Method O Step 8

To a solution of O8 in CH₃OH (5 mL) was added sodium azide (50 mg). The solution was stirred at rt overnight and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O9 after purification.

Method O Step 9

To a suspension of O9 (70 mg) in CH₃OH was added 1 eq HCl (aq) and palladium on carbon. The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 1 atm for 20 min to yield 90 mg of crude product O10.

Method O Step 10

A solution of lithium hydroxide (30 mg) in H₂O was added to a solution of O10 (40 mg) in CH₃OH (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 h and an additional portion of LiOH (40 mg) was added and solution was stirred for 2 more hours. The solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O11.

Method P

Method P Step 1

A 300 mL of THF solution of 100 g of P1 (R²³=n-Pr) was added to a suspension of 38 g of LAH in 2 L of anhydrous THF at 0 C. The reaction mixture is stirred at r.t. for 1 h before 30 ml of H₂O, 90 ml of 15% NaOH was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for one hour before Na₂SO₄ (anh) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the solution evaporated to give a product which was dried under vacuo overnight. This product was dissolved in 600 ml of DCM and the solution was added into a solution of oxalyl chloride (37.3 ml) and DMSO (60.8 ml) in 1.4 L of DCM at −78° C. over 40 min before Diisopropylethylamine (299 ml) was added at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to reach −10° C. The reaction was quenched with 1 L H₂O at −10° C. and the mixture was extracted with DCM. After removal of solvent, P2 (R²³=Pr, 106 g) was obtained. The crude material was used for next step without purification.

Method P Step 2

To a 1.5 L DCM solution of P2 (R²³=Pr, 106 g) was added p-Boc-aminomethylbenzylamine (1.1 eq) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.1 eq) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction was quenched with H₂O and content extracted with DCM. After removal of solvents the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with 3% MeOH in DCM to give 42.5 g of P3 (R²³=Pr).

Method P Step 3

A 10 ml MeOH solution of P3 (R²³=Pr, 110 mg) was hydrogenated using Pd/C (5%, 11 mg) at 1 atm of hydrogen to give product P4 (R²³=Pr) after removal of solvent and catalyst.

Method P Step 4

To a 10 ml DCM solution of P4 at 0° C. (R₂₃=Pr) was added triphosgene (1.2 eq) and triethylamine (2.4 eq) and the solution was stirred at 0 C for 2 h before the reaction was extracted with DCM/H2O. After removal of the solvent, the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc/Hexane to give a white solid which was treated with 2N HCl in dioxane for 2 h. After removal of the solvent, compound P5 (R²³=Pr) as a white solid was obtained (80 mg).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Method Q

Method Q Step 1

At room temperature, Q1 (R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) (1.00 g) and Q8 (n=1, p=2, m=1) (1.24 g) in dichloromethane (30 mL) were stirred for 42 h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give an amber oil which was purified on a column of silica gel (200 mL) eluted with ethylacetate/hexane to give Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu), a colorless oil (1.59 g).

Method Q Step 2

Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) was prepared from Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) using method similar to method A step 3.

Method Q Step 3

Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) (1.37 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL) was treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.68 g, 1.1 equiv.) and diisopropylethylamine (0.66 mL, 1.1.equiv.). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h before it was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid. The dried dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless film (1.32 g) which was purified on a column of silica gel (125 mL) and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate to give compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu) as a white foam (0.74 g).

Method Q Step 4

Compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu) (0.540 g) in absolute EtOH (20 mL) was hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C (0.400 g) at 1 atm for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu) as a colorless oil (0.35 g).

Method Q Step 5

Compound Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) (0.012 g) and HOBt (0.005 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (0.8 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.25 mL) was treated with EDC resin (0.080 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) in a microtiter plate well followed by addition of a 1M dichloroethane solution of R¹⁵—COOH (40 uL, 1.25 eq.). After the well was capped and shaken for 18 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) for 18 h before the solution was filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu, R¹⁵=Me).

Method Q Step 6

A dichloromethane solution (1.0 mL) of Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu, R¹⁶=Me) was mixed with trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) and the solution was shaken for 2 h before it was concentrated. Diethyl ether (0.5 mL) was added and then concentrated in vacuo to give a residue, which was purified on a Prep LCMS unit to give Q7 (=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R₃=Me; R₄=iBu, R₁₅=Me). NMR (CDCl₃): δ 8.38, br, 2H; δ 4.56, m, 1H; δ 3.79, m, 1H; δ 3.57, m, 2H; δ 2.99, m, 1H; δ 2.48, m, 1H; δ 2.04, s, 3H; δ 1.95, m, 1H; δ 1.5-1.8, m, 5H; δ 1.5, s, 3H; 1.25, m, 2H; δ 0.95, m, 3H; δ 0.85, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 309.17.

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 971

308 309 972

308 309 973

310 311 974

322 323 975

324 325 976

334 335 977

336 337 978

348 349 979

348 349 980

0 351 981

350 351 982

350 351 983

360 361 984

360 361 985

362 363 986

362 363 987

364 365 988

364 365 989

364 365 990

370 371 991

370 371 992

376 377 993

376 377 994

376 377 995

378 379 996

378 379 997

378 379 998

378 379 999

379 380 1000

384 385 1001

384 385 1002

384 385 1003

386 387 1004

388 389 1005

389 390 1006

390 391 1007

390 391 1008

390 391 1009

390 391 1010

390 391 1011

390 391 1012

390 391 1013

390 391 1014

390 391 1015

392 393 1016

392 393 1017

392 393 1018

394 395 1019

398 399 1020

398 399 1021

398 399 1022

398 399 1023

398 399 1024

400 401 1025

400 401 1026

400 401 1027

400 401 1028

400 401 1029

400 401 1030

400 401 1031

400 401 1032

402 403 1033

402 403 1034

404 405 1035

404 405 1036

404 405 1037

404 405 1038

404 405 1039

404 405 1040

404 405 1041

404 405 1042

409 410 1043

410 411 1044

0 411 1045

410 411 1046

412 413 1047

412 413 1048

412 413 1049

414 415 1050

414 415 1051

414 415 1052

414 415 1053

414 415 1054

414 415 1055

414 415 1056

416 417 1057

416 417 1058

417 418 1059

418 419 1060

418 419 1061

418 419 1062

418 419 1063

418 419 1064

420 421 1065

423 424 1066

424 425 1067

424 425 1068

426 427 1069

426 427 1070

426 427 1071

426 427 1072

426 427 1073

427 428 1074

428 429 1075

428 429 1076

428 429 1077

128 429 1078

428 429 1079

430 431 1080

430 431 1081

430 431 1082

432 433 1083

432 433 1084

432 433 1085

432 433 1086

432 433 1087

432 433 1088

438 439 1089

438 439 1090

438 439 1091

438 439 1092

438 439 1093

440 441 1094

440 441 1095

440 441 1096

440 441 1097

442 443 1098

442 443 1099

442 443 1100

442 443 1101

442 443 1102

444 445 1103

444 445 1104

444 445 1105

446 447 1106

446 447 1107

446 447 1108

449 450 1109

451 452 1110

452 453 1111

452 453 1112

452 453 1113

456 457 1114

456 457 1115

456 457 1116

458 459 1117

460 461 1118

460 461 1119

460 461 1120

460 461 1121

462 463 1122

462 463 1123

462 463 1124

462 463 1125

462 463 1126

464 465 1127

466 467 1128

466 467 1129

470 471 1130

472 473 1131

474 475 1132

474 475 1133

476 477 1134

476 477 1135

478 479 1136

482 483 1137

482 483 1138

482 483 1139

488 489 1140

490 491 1141

500 501 1142

502 503 1143

502 503 1144

504 505 1145

504 505 1146

504 505 1147

511 512 1148

512 513 1149

512 513 1150

520 521 1151

520 521 1152

520 521 1153

520 521 1154

522 523 1155

522 523 1156

536 537 1157

536 537 1158

536 537 1159

538 539 1160

538 539 1161

540 541 1162

541 542 1163

542 543 1164

546 547 1165

546 547 1166

550 551 1167

550 551 1168

569 570 1169

582 583 1170

582 583 1171

584 585 1172

584 585 1173

594 595 1174

596 597 1175

596 597

Method R

Method R Step 1

A solution of R¹ (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate well followed by addition of 0.12 ml of 0.5M phenylisocyanate solution in dichloroethane. The well was sealed and the plate shaken for 20 h before the mixture was filtered and the solid washed with acetonitrile (0.5 ml). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) and the mixture was shaken for 18 h. The mixture was filtered and the solution was evaporated to give R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph).

Method R Step 2

Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph) to R3 (n−1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph).

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1176

309 310 1177

309 310 1178

311 312 1179

325 328 1180

337 338 1181

346 347 1182

351 352 1183

351 352 1184

351 352 1185

365 366 1186

365 366 1187

365 366 1188

367 368 1189

377 378 1190

381 382 1191

385 386 1192

391 392 1193

393 394 1194

395 396 1195

399 400 1196

399 400 1197

399 400 1198

399 400 1199

399 400 1200

401 402 1201

403 404 1202

403 404 1203

407 408 1204

407 408 1205

410 411 1206

410 411 1207

413 414 1208

413 414 1209

415 416 1210

415 416 1211

415 416 1212

415 416 1213

417 418 1214

419 420 1215

419 420 1216

419 420 1217

421 422 1218

421 422 1219

425 426 1220

427 428 1221

427 428 1222

429 430 1223

429 430 1224

431 432 1225

431 432 1226

433 434 1227

435 436 1228

441 442 1229

441 442 1230

441 442 1231

445 446 1232

449 450 1233

453 454 1234

453 454 1235

453 454 1236

453 454 1237

453 454 1238

455 456 1239

455 456 1240

457 458 1241

461 462 1242

463 464 1243

467 468 1244

467 468 1245

471 472 1246

475 476 1247

477 478 1248

477 478 1249

487 488 1250

487 488 1251

487 488 1252

491 492

Method S

Method S Step 1

A solution of S1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate followed by addition of DIPEA-MP resin (0.030 g, 4 eq) and phenylsulfonyl chloride in dioxane (1M, 45 μL, 0.045 mmol. The well was capped and shaken for 18 h before it was filtered and residue washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.040 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.060 g, 3 equiv., 1.53 mmol/g) and shaken for 18 h before the mixture was filtered and the solvent removed to give S2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu and R¹⁵=Ph).

Method S Step 2

Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of S2 to S3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph).

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1253

344 345 1254

344 345 1255

358 359 1256

358 359 1257

360 361 1258

372 373 1259

372 373 1260

386 387 1261

406 407 1262

406 407 1263

406 407 1264

412 413 1265

416 417 1266

420 421 1267

420 421 1268

420 421 1269

420 421 1270

420 421 1271

420 421 1272

424 425 1273

424 425 1274

424 425 1275

431 432 1276

432 433 1277

434 435 1278

434 435 1279

436 437 1280

436 437 1281

438 439 1282

440 441 1283

440 441 1284

440 441 1285

442 443 1286

442 443 1287

442 443 1288

442 443 1289

442 443 1290

446 447 1291

448 449 1292

448 449 1293

448 449 1294

454 455 1295

456 457 1296

456 457 1297

458 459 1298

458 459 1299

458 459 1300

462 463 1301

464 465 1302

466 467 1303

466 467 1304

466 467 1305

466 467 1306

470 471 1307

474 475 1308

474 475 1309

474 475 1310

474 475 1311

474 475 1312

474 475 1313

474 475 1314

474 475 1315

474 475 1316

474 475 1317

476 477 1318

480 481 1319

482 483 1320

484 485 1321

484 485 1322

488 489 1323

490 491 1324

490 491 1325

492 493 1326

498 499 1327

508 509 1328

508 509 1329

508 509 1330

508 509 1331

542 543 1332

557 558

Method T

Method T Step 1

To a microtiter plate well containing 1 ml solution of T1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu) in DCM (0.010 g) and R¹⁵C(O)R¹⁶ (5 equiv, R¹⁵=H, R¹⁶=Ph) was added Sodium cyanoborohydride in dichloroethane (14.3 mg/mL, 2 equiv.). The well was capped and shaken for 20 h before MP-TsOH Resin (100 mg, 1.29 mmol/g) was added to the well followed by additional MP-TsOH resin (50 mg) after 2 h. After the mixture was shaken for another 1 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with dichloroethane (1 mL) (3×), then MeOH (1 mL) (2×). The resin was treated with 7N ammonia in MeOH (1 mL) for 30 min (2×) followed by filtration and evaporation of solvent to give T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph and R¹⁶=H).

Method T Step 2

Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=iBu and R¹⁵=Ph and R¹⁶=H) to T3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R²=H, R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu and R¹⁵=Ph and R¹⁶=H).

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1333

348 349 1334

350 351 1335

350 351 1336

356 357 1337

362 363 1338

370 371 1339

384 385 1340

384 385 1341

400 401 1342

446 447 1343

448 449

Method U

Alternatively, similar synthetic method can be used for the generation of other types of compounds. i.e.

In a microwave vial was charged U1 (R²=H; R³=i-Bu, R⁴=Me) (0.025 g) in toluene (4 mL), potassium carbonate (0.035 g), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.020 g). water (0.02 mL) and R²¹B(OH)₂ (R²¹=m-Methoxyphenyl) (3 eq.) were placed. The vial was placed in a microwave for 10 min. at 150° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and extracted with 2.5N NaOH. The dried (MgSO₄) dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown residue which was purified via a RP Prep LCMS system to give product U2 (R²=H; R³=^(i)Bu: R⁴=Me; R²¹=m-methoxyphenyl).

The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1344

279 280 1345

285 286 1346

293 294 1347

299 300 1348

299 300 1349

304 305 1350

309 310 1351

313 314 1352

318 319 1353

323 324 1354

323 324 1355

323 324 1356

329 330 1357

335 336 1358

335 336 1359

337 338 1360

343 344 1361

347 348 1362

347 348 1363

347 348 1364

347 348 1365

347 348 1366

349 350 1367

349 350 1368

350 351 1369

351 352 1370

352 353 1371

357 358 1372

359 360 1373

360 361 1374

360 361 1375

360 361 1376

360 361 1377

360 361 1378

360 361 1379

365 366 1380

365 366 1381

365 366 1382

365 366 1383

366 367 1384

371 372 1385

371 372 1386

371 372 1387

372 373 1388

372 373 1389

375 376 1390

377 378 1391

377 378 1392

377 378 1393

377 378 1394

379 380 1395

379 380 1396

380 381 1397

381 382 1398

383 384 1399

384 385 1400

385 386 1401

385 386 1402

386 387 1403

387 388 1404

389 390 1405

389 390 1406

392 393 1407

395 396 1408

403 404 1409

403 404 1410

405 406 1411

406 407 1412

413 414 1413

419 420 1414

497 498 1415

398 TBD 1416

399 TBD

Method V

Method V Step 1

Compound V1 (R³=R⁴=Me) (14.76 mmole), EDCl (14.76 mmole), HOAt (14.76 mmole), and DIEA (14.76 mmole) were mixed with 36 ml DCM. This mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min before 3-chlorobenzylamine was added. After the reaction solution was stirred at RT overnight, it was washed with sodium carbonate (3×), water, 1N HCl (4×), and aq sodium bicarbonate and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified on flash column to give the amide product V2 (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl; R³=R⁴=Me).

Method V Step 2

Compound V2 (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl; R³=R⁴=Me) (8.33 mmole) was dissolved in 35 ml anhydrous DCM, and cooled to 0-5° C. Thiophosgene (9.16 mmole) in 10 ml DCM was added dropwise under N₂ followed by addition of DIEA (11.96 mmole). The solution was stirred in ice bath for 0.5 h before the reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3×), brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and residue purified on flash column using ethylacetate/hexane to give the thiohydantoin V3 (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl; R³=R⁴=Me).

Method V Step 3

The thiohydantoin V3 (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl; R³=R⁴=Me) was treated with t-butyl hydroperoxide and ammonium hydroxide in MeOH at RT for 48 h to give compound V4 (R¹=3-chlorobenzyl; R²=H; R³=R⁴=Me).

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1417

251 252 1418

265 266 1419

293 294 1420

307 308 1421

357 358 1422

371 372

Method W

Compound W1 obtained using method A (n=1, R²=m-Cl-Bn, R³=Me) was hydrolyzed to W2 (n=1, R²=m-Cl-Bn, R³=Me) using two equivalent of LiOH in MeOH.

The following compounds were synthesized in similar fashion:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1423

295 296 1424

311 312 1425

325 326 1426

411 412 1427

425 426

Method X

(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷)— is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —NH—C(O)—N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and R¹⁵ is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method X Step 1

To a mixture of the amine X1 obtained using method L (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) (10 mg) in DCM and sat. NaHCO₃ (1:1 by volume) was added triphosgene (0.33 eq) at r.t. The solution was stirred vigorously for 40 minutes before the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄. The organic solution was evaporated to give compound X2 (R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—).

Method X Step 2

Compound X3 (R¹⁵=H; R¹⁶=cyclopropylmethyl; R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) was prepared from X2 (R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) using method similar to method M, step 1.

Method X Step 3

Compound X4 (R¹⁶=H; R¹⁷=cyclopropylmethyl; R²=H; R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) was prepared from X3 (R¹⁶=H; R¹⁷=cyclopropylmethyl; R²=H; R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) using method similar to method A Step 3. NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.25, s, 4H; δ 4.8, m, 2H; δ 4.25, s, 2H; δ 2.9, m, 2H; δ 1.68, m, 2H; δ 1.44, m, 1H; δ 1.36, s, 3H; δ 0.9, m, 1H; δ 0.82, m, 3H; δ 0.66, m, 3H; δ 0.4, m, 2H; δ 0.12, m, 2H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 386.1.

The following compounds were prepared using a similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1428

385 386 1429

401 402 1430

401 402 1431

415 416 1432

427 428 1433

435 436 1434

435 436 1435

443 444 1436

449 450 1437

463 464 1438

471 472 1439

485 486 1440

496 497 1441

504 505 1442

513 514 1443

518 519 1444

518 519 1445

524 525 1446

524 525 1447

526 527 1448

532 533 1449

533 534 1450

537 538 1451

537 538 1452

545 546 1453

559 560 1454

570 571 1455

572 573 1456

598 599

Method Y

(In the scheme,

is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —N(R¹⁵)—C(O)—N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ form a ring as defined above, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method Y Step 1

The reaction mixture of compound Y1 obtained from Method L (R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) (0.1639 mmole), Y2 (R²³=H; R²³=Pr) (0.1967 mmole), PS-EDC resin (0.4917 mmole) and HOBT (0.2459 mmole) in 3.5 ml of mixture of THF, MeCN and DMF (1:1:0.3) was shaken overnight at RT before 6 eq of PS-trisamine resin 3 eq of PS-isocyanate resin were added. After 6 hrs the reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with THF, DCM and MeOH. The combined filtrate was evaporated and the crude was treated with 40% TFA in DCM for 40 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified on RP HPLC system to give product Y3 (R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R²³=H; R²³=Pr).

Method Y Step 2

The reaction solution of Y3 (R³=Me; R⁴=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R²³=H; R²³=Pr) (0.030 mmole), carbonyl diimidazole (0.032 mmole), and DIEA (0.09 mmole) in 0.5 ml DCM was shaken over weekend at RT. The crude was then purified on reverse column to give the thiohydantoin product which was converted into Y4 (R²=H; R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—, R²³=H; R²³=Pr).

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1457

413 414 1458

413 414 1459

427 428

Method Z

(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷)— is equivalent to R¹ substituted by R²¹, or R¹ Substituted by alkyl-R²², wherein R²¹ and R²² are —N(R¹⁵)—C(O)—N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷) and R¹⁵ is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)

Method Z Step 1

To the solution of the Phoxime™ resin (1.23 mmol/g) in DCM was added the amine Z1 obtained from method L (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—) (2 eq). The mixture was shaken overnight before the resin was filtered and washed with DCM, MeOH, THF (3 cycles), then DCM (×2), dried in vacuum to get resin Z2 (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—).

Method Z Step 2

To the resin Z2 (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—), swelled in DCM, in toluene was added N-methylbenzylamine (4 eq). The mixture was heated at 80-90° C. overnight before MP-TSOH resin (1.3 mmol/g, 12 eq) was added. The mixture was shaken for 1.5 hours, the solution was filtered and the resin washed with DCM and MeOH. The combined organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to get Z3 (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—; R¹⁶=Me; R¹⁷=Bn).

Method Z Step 3

Compound Z4 (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—; R¹⁶=Me; R¹⁷=Bn) was generated from Z3 (R³=Me; R⁴=^(i)Bu; Z=para-(CH₂)C₆H₄(CH₂)—; R¹⁶=Me; R¹⁷=Bn) using method similar to Method A step 3.

The following compounds were prepared using similar method.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 1460

457 458 1461

469 470 1462

471 472 1463

471 472 1464

483 484 1465

485 486 1466

485 486 1467

495 496 1468

499 500 1469

501 502 1470

507 508 1471

509 510 1472

517 518 1473

517 518 1474

531 532 1475

533 534 1476

533 534 1477

538 539 1478

545 546 1479

547 548 1480

547 548 1481

547 548 1482

551 552 1483

568 569 1484

571 572 1485

593 594 1486

596 597 1487

607 608 1488

364 365 1489

377 377 1490

513 514

Method AA

8,11-Dichloro-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridine (AA2) (18 mg) was reacted with AA1, obtained from method Q, and diisopropylethylamine (14 uL) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at 65° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was placed on a preparative silica gel plate and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate 3:1 to give the desired product which was treated with 40% TFA. Evaporation of the solvent followed by purification afforded compound AA3.

The following compounds were prepared by similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 187

491 492 188

493 494

Method AB

Method AB Step 1

To a solution of (R)-(+)-2-methyl-2-propane sulfinamide (1.0 g, 8.3 mmol, 1 eq) and AB1 (R⁶=Ph, R⁷=n-Bu) (3 mL, 9.1 mmol, 1.1 eq) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added Ti(OEt)₄ (7 mL, 17 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was heated at 70° C. for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 30 mL of brine under vigorous stirring. The resulting suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite and the solid was washed with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The filtrate was washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with hexane/Et₂O (5:1) to give 1.9 g (85%) of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 3H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=265.9. HPLC t_(R)=7.24, 7.58 min (E/Z=5.5:1).

To a solution of methyl acetate (0.6 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (5 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 3.4 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of ClTi(Oi-Pr)₃ (1.8 mL, 7.6 mmol, 2.2 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring for another 30 min, a solution of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide (0.9 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise via a syringe. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h and TLC showed no starting material left. A saturated aqueous solution of NH₄Cl (10 eq) was added and the suspension was warmed to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (50 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was then partitioned between H₂O (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give 1.1 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.8 g (76%) of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz):

7.15-7.07 (m, 5H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 4H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 0.89 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=339.9. HPLC t_(R)=7.50, 7.6 min (E/Z=1.5:1)

To a solution of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate (0.4 g, 1.1 mmol) in 12 mL of MeOH was added 16 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane. After stirring for 30 min, the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (6 mL), stirred for 5 min, and evaporated again to afford 0.30 g (97%) of AB2 (R⁶=Ph, R⁷=n-Bu) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz):

9.01 (br s, 2H), 7.37-7.12 (m, 5H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.1 (m, 4H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.7 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=235.9. HPLC t_(R)=4.72 min.

Method AB Step 2

Treatment of compound AB2 (R⁶=Ph, R⁷=n-butyl) with thiophosgene in CH₂Cl₂ in the presence of aqueous NaHCO₃ at 0° C. generates isothiocyanate AB3 (R⁶=Ph, R⁷=n-butyl) which was converted into final product using method similar to Method A Step 2 and Method A Step 3 to give product AB5 (R⁶=Ph, R⁷=n-butyl, R¹=Me). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 10.4 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.11 (m, 5H), 3.23 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.8 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 1H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.1-1.0 (m, 4H), 0.99 (m, 3H), MS (ESI): MH⁺=260.2. HPLC t_(R)=5.09 min.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 189

239 240 190

253 254 191

259 260 192

333 334 193

333 334 194

349 350 195

443 444 196

463 464 197

537 538 198

537 538 199

295 296 200

295 296

Method AC

The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hull, R. et al, J. Chem. Soc. 1963, 6028-6033. Thus, to a solution of AC2 (R¹=Benzyl) (0.72 g, 5.9 mmol) in AC1 (R⁴=Me, R³=Me) (1.4 mL) was added a 50% aqueous solution of cyanamide (0.31 mL, 8.0 mmol). The reaction was heated with stirring at reflux (˜40° C.) for 0.5 h, then cooled to 25° C. and stirred for an additional 16 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ether and H₂O. The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 5-10% CH₃OH/CH₂Cl₂ as eluent followed by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 0.15 g (8.0%) of AC3 (R¹=benzyl, R⁴=Me and R³=Me) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CH₃OH, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃, 75 MHz) δ 157.8, 135.6, 129.1, 128.5, 127.9, 104.2, 59.6, 28.8. MS (ESI) m/e 206.1 (M+H)⁺.

# Structure MW Obs. m/e 201

205 206

Method AD

Method AD Step 1

AD2 (R³=Ph, R⁴=^(t)Butyl) was prepared from AD1 using method similar to Method AB, step 2.

Method AD Step 2

The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hussein, A. Q. et al, Chem. Ber. 1979, 112, 1948-1955. Thus, to a mixture of AD2 (R³=Ph, R⁴=tert-Butyl) (0.56 g, 2.7 mmol) and boiling chips in CCl₄ (25 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (0.49 g, 2.7 mmol). The mixture was irradiated with a 200 watt light source for 1 h. The reaction was cooled, the solid filtered off and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. Chromatography on silica gel by eluting with 5% EtOAc/hexane gave 0.57 g (73%) of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene as a beige powder. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃, 75 MHz): δ 139.1, 129.0, 128.9, 128.6, 127.5, 91.2, 45.6, 26.6. MS (ESI) m/e 284.9 (M+H)⁺.

To a solution of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene (0.13 g, 0.47 mmol) and the hydrochloride salt of N-methylhydroxylamine (0.047 g, 0.57 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using CH₃OH/CH₂Cl₂ as eluent to give 0.050 g (42%) of AD3 (R³=Ph, R⁴=tert-Butyl) as a glassy solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.26 (m, 5H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 251.1 (M+H)⁺.

Method AD Step 3

To a solution of AD3 (R³=Ph, R⁴=tert-Butyl) (0.065 g, 0.26 mmol) in CH₃OH (5 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of aqueous ammonia (2 mL) followed by a 70% aqueous solution of t-butylhydroperoxide (2 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 25° C. and stirred for 16 h. The volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give 2.0 mg (2.2%) of AD4 (R³=Ph, R⁴=tert-Butyl) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 234.2 (M+H)⁺.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 202

213 214 203

233 234 204

309 310

Method AE

Method AE Step 1

TBDMS-Cl (5.3 g, 35.19 mmole) and imidazole (2.4 g, 35.19 mmole) were added to a suspension of H2 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (8.2 g, 31.99 mmole) in 220 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with 1200 ml EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ 3× and brine 3×, and dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ to give 12 g of AE2 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl), which was used for next step without further purification.

Method AE Step 2

AE2 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl; 12 grams crude) was converted to iminohydantoin using conditions similar to Method A Step 3, which was subsequently treated with 75% TFA in DCM at room temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give 13.6 g of a product that was reacted with Boc anhydride to give 5.8 g AE3 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) after column purification.

Method AE Step 3

AE4 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (8.2 g) was obtained from AE3 (5.8 g) according to the step 4 of the method H.

Method AE Step 4

To a solution of AE4 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (3.95 g, 8.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (98 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (7 mL, 40 mmol). The reaction was stirred under N₂ (gas) at room temperature. After 5.5 h, the reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 75% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford AE5 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (2.48 g, 92%).

Method AE Step 4

To a solution of R¹⁵OH (R¹⁵=cyclobutyl) (10 μl) and HBF₄ (1 equiv) in anhydrous methylene chloride (0.5 mL) was added a solution of AE5 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.062 mmol) in methylene chloride (0.5 mL). The reaction was agitated overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was agitated for 1 h at rt. The reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC/MS eluting with a 7 min gradient of 5 to 95% CH₃CN in H₂O with 0.1% formic acid to afford AE5 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl, R¹⁵=cyclobutyl).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 205

267 268 206

293 294 207

295 296 208

295 296 209

295 296 210

295 296 211

305 306 212

307 308 213

307 308 214

309 310 215

309 310 216

309 310 217

309 310 218

321 322 219

321 322 220

321 322 221

322 323 222

329 330 223

333 334 224

335 336 225

335 336 226

335 336 227

335 336 228

335 336 229

335 336 230

335 336 231

335 336 232

335 336 233

337 338 234

337 338 235

349 350 236

349 350 237

349 350 238

349 350 239

353 354 240

361 362 241

363 364 242

363 364 243

363 364 244

389 390 245

321 NA

Method AF

To a solution of tBuOK (9.5 mg, 0.0848 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added ArOH (Ar=m-Chlorophenyl) (13 μl, 0.1273 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF followed by addition of AE4 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days before it was diluted with 1 ml MeCN, treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin and 100 mg Amberlyst A26 resin. The resin was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated down to give a product that was treated with 50% TFA for 1 hr. After evaporation of TFA in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 2 ml MeCN, and treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin. The resin was washed thoroughly with THF, MeCN and MeOH, and then treated with 2M NH₃ in MeoH to give AF2 (R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl and R¹⁵=3-chlorophenyl).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 246

316 317 247

316 317 248

316 317 249

329 330 250

329 330 251

329 330 252

330 331 253

331 332 254

331 332 255

333 334 256

333 334 257

333 334 258

333 334 259

333 334 260

340 341 261

340 341 262

340 341 263

343 344 264

343 344 265

343 344 266

343 344 267

344 345 268

344 345 269

345 346 270

345 346 271

345 346 272

345 346 273

347 348 274

347 348 275

349 350 276

349 350 277

349 350 278

349 350 279

351 352 280

351 352 281

351 352 282

351 352 283

351 352 284

351 352 285

351 352 286

351 352 287

355 356 288

355 356 289

357 358 290

357 358 291

357 358 292

357 358 293

358 359 294

358 359 295

358 359 296

358 359 297

359 360 298

359 360 299

359 360 300

359 360 301

359 360 302

360 361 303

360 361 304

360 361 305

363 364 306

363 364 307

363 364 308

363 364 309

365 366 310

365 366 311

366 367 312

366 367 313

366 367 314

366 367 315

366 367 316

366 367 317

366 367 318

367 368 319

367 368 320

367 368 321

369 370 322

371 372 323

371 372 324

371 372 325

372 373 326

372 373 327

372 373 328

372 373 329

373 374 330

373 374 331

375 376 332

375 376 333

375 376 334

377 378 335

377 378 336

377 378 337

383 384 338

383 384 339

383 384 340

383 384 341

383 384 342

383 384 343

383 384 344

383 384 345

383 384 346

383 384 347

385 386 348

385 386 349

386 387 350

387 388 351

387 388 352

393 394 353

393 394 354

393 394 355

393 394 356

399 400 357

399 400 358

400 401 359

400 401 360

400 401 361

401 402 362

401 402 363

401 402 364

405 406 365

411 412 366

414 415 367

417 418 368

417 418 369

421 422 370

434 435 371

451 452

Method AG

Method AG Step 1

R²¹—H (R²¹=PhS—) (33 μl, 0.318 mmole) was treated with NaH (10.2 mg, 60% in mineral oil) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. A solution of AE4 (R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmol) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was partitioned between ether and saturated NaHCO₃ water solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether 2 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 2 times, and dried over anhydrous NaSO₄. The crude was purified on flash column with EtOAc/hexane to give 9 mg of AG1 (R²¹=PhS—, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (49.2% yield).

Method AG Step 2

AG1 (R²¹=PhS—, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl) was treated with 50% TFA according to the Step 6 of the method H to give AG2 (R²¹=PhS—, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylmethyl).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 372

315 316 373

331 332 374

337 338

Method AH

Method AH Step 1

Benzophenone imine (3.27 g, 18.04 mmole) was added to a suspension of AH1 (R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (4 g, 18.04 mmole) in 65 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight under N₂ before the solid was filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 100 ml ether, washed with water 2× and dried over anhydrous MgSO₄. The crude was purified on flash column to give 5.08 g (80.57% yield) of AH2 (R³=cyclohexylmethyl).

Method AH Step 2

A solution of AH2 (R³=cyclohexylmethyl) (1 g, 2.86 mmole) in 12 ml anhydrous THF was added to a suspension of 18-crown-6 (0.76 g, 2.86 mmole) and 30% KH in mineral oil (1.16 g, 8.58 mmole) in 4 ml anhydrous THF under N2. The mixture was cooled in ice-bath and R⁴Br (R⁴=3-pyridylmethyl, as a hydrobromide salt) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred in ice-bath for 30 min and at room temperature for 2 more hrs before the reaction was quenched with 2 ml of HOAc/THF/H₂O (0.25:0.75:1). The mixture was diluted with 40 ml EtOAc/H₂O (1:1). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc 3 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 3 times and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude was purified on flash column to give 0.44 g (35.14% yield) of product which was treated with 1N HCl (2.2 ml, 2.22 mmole) in 3 ml ether in ice-bath followed by stirred at r.t. overnight. The aqueous phase was evaporated and purified on C-18 reverse phase column to give 0.22 g (66% yield) of AH3 (R⁴=3-pyridylmethyl; R³=cyclohexylmethyl).

Method AI

To a solution of compound AI1 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Bu) (34 mg, 0.105 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 10% Pd/C (5 mg). The mixture was kept under an H₂ balloon for 1 hr. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get crude product. This residue was purified by RP HPLC to get compound AI2 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Bu) (25 mg, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 246.1; exact mass 245.15. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=7.59 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 4H), 0.86 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 375

283 284 376

285 286 377

299 300 378

450 451 379

462 463 380

463 464 381

487 488 382

489 490 383

503 504 384

516 517

Method AJ

To a mixture of compound AJ1 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.165 mmol) and butylzincbromide (1.32 ml, 0.6 mmol) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂. The mixture was degassed, sealed and heated at 55° C. for 1 day. The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and NH₃/H₂O. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated, and purified by RP HPLC to get product which was then treated with 4N HCl/dioxane for 30 min to give compound AJ2 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Bu) (12 mg, 25%). Observed MW (M+H) 302.1; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=7.32 (m, 3H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 4H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 6H).

The following compound was synthesized in a similar fashion:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 385

301 302 386

518 519

Method AK

To a solution of AK1 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Butyl, R²¹=n-Bu) (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 5% Pt/C (5 mg), Rh/C (5 mg) and conc. HCl (0.05 ml). The mixture was kept under H₂ (50 psi) for 2 days. After the filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get compound AK2 (R¹=Me, R³=n-butyl, R²¹=n-Bu) Observed MW (M+H) 308.1. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ=3.16 (s, 3H), 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 16H), 0.88 (m, 6H).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 387

277 278 388

291 292 389

305 306 390

307 308 391

391 392 392

391 392

Method AL

Method AL Step 1

To a solution of compound AL1 (R³=n-Bu) (418 mg, 1.39 mmol) in methanol (8 ml) was added PtO₂ (40 mg) and conc. HCl (0.4 ml). The mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) for 1 day. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was basified to pH=11-12 by 1N NaOH. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL2 (R³=n-Bu) (316 mg, 100%).

Method AL Step 2

To a solution of compound AL2 (R³=n-Bu) (300 mg, 1.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml) was added (BOC)₂O (316 mg, 1.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 hr. It was diluted with water and dichloromethane. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL3 (R³=n-Bu) (464 mg, 100%).

Method AM

Method AM Step 1

Compound AM1 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Butyl) was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 2 hr. The mixture was concentrated to get compound AM2 as an HCl salt (R¹=Me, R³=n-Butyl). Observed MW (M+H) 470.1, ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.62 (m, 8H), 1.35 (m, 6H), 1.12 (m, 1H), 0.91 (m, 3H).

Method AM Step 2

To a solution of compound AM2 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Butyl) (32 mg, 0.068 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added acetyl chloride (5 ul, 0.072 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hr. It was then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get compound AM3 (R¹=Me, R³=n-Butyl and R¹⁵=Me) Observed MW (M+H) 512.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ=7.27 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 5H), 1.75 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 7H), 0.84 (m, 3H).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 394

252 253 395

252 253 396

456 457 397

469 470 398

498 499 399

511 512

Method AN

To a solution of compound AN2 (R¹=4-N-(α-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R3=n-Butyl) (28 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 ml) was added butyraldehyde (5.3 ul, 0.06 mmol), triethylamine (8.4 ul, 0.06 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)₃ (18 mg, 0.084 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. It was then diluted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get AN2 (R¹=4-N-(a-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R³=n-Butyl, R¹⁵=propyl and R¹⁶=H) (5.4 mg, 17%). Observed MW (M+H) 526.1; exact mass 525.37. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 5H), 1.39 (m, 8H), 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.99 (m, 3H), 0.92 (m, 3H).

The following compound was synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 400

308 309 401

308 309 402

525 526

Method AO

A mixture of copper chloride (2.06 g, 20.8 mmol) and lithium chloride (1.76 g, 41.6 mmol) in 100 ml of THF was cooled down to −78° C. To this mixture, a 2.0M solution of AO1 (R³=n-butyl) (10 ml, 20 mmol) was added gradually. The reaction was warmed up to −60° C., and AO2 (R⁴=m-Br-Ph) (2.9 ml, 22 mmol) was injected. The mixture was stirred at −60° C. for 15 minutes and then quickly warmed up to RT by removing the dry-ice bath. The reaction was quenched with water and sat. NaHCO₃. After addition of diethyl ether, a lot of precipitate formed and was filtered. From the biphasic filtrate, the organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AO3 (R⁴=m-BrPh, R³=n-Bu) (3.93 g, 82%). Observed MW (M+H) 241.1; exact mass 240.01. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ=8.07 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=7.6 Hz).

The following ketones were made according to Method 9:

Observed MW Structure (M + H) Exact mass

242.1 241.01

Method AP

Method AP Step 1

To a solution of AP1 (R⁴=3-Bromophenyl) (5 g, 25 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) were added N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.56 g, 26.25 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.95 ml, 26.25 mmol). EDCl (5.04 g, 26.25 mmol) was then added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and was then quenched with 1N HCl (60 ml). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give the Weinreb amide AP2 (R⁴=m-BromoPhenyl) (5.96 g, 98%). Observed MW (M+H) 244.1; exact mass 243.99. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ=7.78 (m, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 3H). This material was used in the next step without purification.

Method AP Step 2

To a suspension of magnesium turnings (1.19 g, 48.8 mmol) in 30 ml of THF was added dropwise a solution of R³Br (R³=cyclohexylethyl) (5.73 ml, 36.6 mmol) in 24 ml of THF. After addition of half of the solution of bromide, several crystals of iodine were added to initiate the reaction. The mixture became cloudy and heat evolved. The rest of the solution of bromide was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes and then was cooled to 0° C., and the AP2 (R⁴=m-BromoPhenyl) (5.96 g, 24.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hr and then quenched with 1N HCl until no residual Mg(0) was left. The phases was separated, and the water layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The crude was purified by silica chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AP3 (R⁴=m-BromoPhenyl, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (8.06 g, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 295.2; exact mass 294.06. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ=8.18 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.70 (m, 9H), 1.63 (m, 4H).

Method AQ

To a −78° C. solution of AQ1 (R⁴=cyclopropyl) (2.55 g, 38.0 mmol) in diethyl ether (100 ml) was added AQ3 (R³=n-Bu) (38 ml, 1.5 M in hexanes, 57 mmol). After 45 min, the cooling bath was removed. After 3 h at RT, the reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of water and then diluted further with EtOAc and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. This crude residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica gel, 0%→100% CH₂Cl₂/hexanes) to provide the desired ketone AQ4 (R⁴=cyclopropyl, R³=n-Butyl) (2.57 g, 20.4 mmol, 54%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 2.52 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (m, 2H).

Method AR

Method AR

Compound B2 (R¹=m-Cl-Phenethyl, R³=Me, R⁴=i-butyl and R⁵=benzyl) was converted into AR2 (R¹=m-Cl-Phenethyl, R³=Me, R⁴=i-butyl and R⁵=benzyl) using method A step 3.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 403

396 397 404

354 NA 405

477 NA 406

460 NA 407

340 NA 408

382 NA 409

446 NA

Method AS

Method AS Step 1

To a mixture of AS1 (R³=Ph) (3.94 g) in toluene (10 ml) was added thionyl chloride (1.61 ml) and the resulting mixture as heated under reflux for 6 h (until HCl evolution ceased). The reaction mixture was kept overnight at rt before it was concentrated in vacuo. Toluene (10 ml) was added and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo again. The reaction mixture was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂, solid sodium bicarbonate added, filtered and then the CH₂Cl₂ solution was concentrated in vacuo to give AS2 (R³=Ph).

Method AS Step 2

To AS2 (R³=Ph) (0.645 g) and AS5 (R⁴=4-chlorophenyl) (0.464 g), and 1,3-dimethylimidazolium iodide (0.225 g) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added 60% sodium hydride in oil (0.132 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between H₂O and Et₂O. The dried Et₂O solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH₂Cl₂ to give AS3 (R³=Ph, R⁴=p-ClPh). (Miyashita, A., Matsuda, H., Hiagaskino, T., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1992, 40 (10), 2627-2631).

Method AS Step 3

Hydrochloric acid (1N, 1.5 ml) was added to AS3 (R³=Ph, R⁴=p-ClPh) in THF (10 ml) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and then partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and H₂O. The dried CH₂Cl₂ was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH₂Cl₂:hexane 1:1 to afford AS4 (R³=Ph, R⁴=p-ClPh).

Method AS Step 4

AS4 (R³=Ph, R⁴=p-ClPh) (0.12 g) and methylguanidine, HCl (AS6, R¹=Me) (0.055 g) were mixed in absolute EtOH (5 ml) with triethylamine (0.2 ml) and then heated under reflux for 20 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and then partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and H₂O. The dried CH₂Cl₂ was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH₂Cl₂:MeOH 9:1 to afford AS5 (R³=Ph, R⁴=p-ClPh and R¹=Me).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 411

265 266 412

265 266 413

271 272 414

271 272 415

279 280 416

295 296 417

295 296 418

299 300 419

299 300 420

309 310 421

325 326 422

343 344 423

343 344 424

421 422 425

482 483 426

512 513 427

560 561

Method AT

Method AT Step 1

AT1, prepared using a method similar to Method H, Step 1, 2 and 3, (n=4, R³=R⁴=n-Bu) (0.146 g) in MeOH (3 ml) and 1N NaOH (0.727 ml) were stirred overnight at rt. The mixture was concentrated and then partitioned in water (pH ˜3, adjusted using conc. HCl) and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo to afford AT2 (n=4, R³=R⁴=n-Bu).

Method AT Step 2

Compound AT2 (n=4, R³=R⁴=n-Bu) (0.012 g) in MeCN (1 ml) was treated with EDC resin (0.12 g, 1.44 mmol/g), HOBT (0.004 g) in THF (1 ml), and n-butylamine (R15=H, R16=n-butyl) (0.007 ml). The reaction was carried out overnight at rt. before Argonaut PS-NCO resin (0.150 g), PS-polyamine resin (0.120 g) and THF (2 ml) were added and the mixture shaken for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and resin washed with THF (2 ml). The combined organic phase was concentrated in vacuo before the residue was treated with 1N HCl in MeOH (1 ml) for 4 h followed by evaporation of solvent to give AT3 (n=4, R³=R⁴=n-Bu, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=n-Butyl).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 428

324 325 429

325 326 430

338 339 431

339 340 432

366 367 433

368 369 434

380 381 435

382 383 436

400 401 437

406 407 438

414 415 439

414 415 440

420 421 441

428 429 442

444 445 443

458 459

Method AU

A published procedure was adapted (Varga, I.; Nagy, T.; Kovesdi, I.; Benet-Buchholz, J.; Dormab, G.; Urge, L.; Darvas, F. Tetrahedron, 2003, (59) 655-662).

AU1 (R¹⁵=H, R¹⁶=H) (0.300 g), prepared according to procedure described by Furniss, B. S.; Hannaford, A. J.; Smith, P. W. G.; Tatchell, A. R., (Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry 5^(th) ed. Longman: new York, 1989; pp 1034-1035), AU2 (HCl salt, R¹=Me) (0.237 g), 50% KOH (0.305 ml), 30% H₂O₂ (0.115 ml) and EtOH (4.6 ml) were heated in a sealed tube for 2 h. Reaction mixture was concentrated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The dried organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates eluting with CH₂Cl₂:MeOH 9:1 to afford AU3 (R¹⁵=H, R¹⁶=H, R¹=Me).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 444

265 266 446

280 281 447

285 286 448

285 286 449

309 310 450

309 310

Method AV

Method AV Step 1

In a microwave tube, AV1 (R³=Me, R⁴=Bu-i) (0.0012 g) and AV2 (R²²=OPh) (0.0059 ml) in isopropanol (2 ml) was placed in a microwave at 125° C. for 5 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give AV3 (R³=Me, R⁴=i-Bu, R²²=OPh).

Method AV Step 2

AV3 (R³=Me, R⁴=i-Bu, R²²=OPh) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 ml) and TFA (1 ml) was shaken for 2 h and the concentrated in vacuo and purified on Prep LCMS to afford AV4 (R³=Me, R⁴=i-Bu, R²²=OPh).

The following compounds were synthesized in a similar fashion.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 451

378 379 452

396 397 453

416 417

Method AW

Method similar to Method U was used for this transformation. The following compounds were generated using similar methods.

The following compounds were synthesized in a similar fashion:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 454

341 342 455

341 342 456

342 343 457

342 343 458

347 348 459

359 360 460

323 324 461

294 295

Method AX

Method AX Step 1

A literature procedure was adapted. (J-Q Yu and E. J. Corey, Organic Letters, 2002, 4, 2727-2730).

To a 400 ml DCM solution of AX1 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) (52 grams) in a ice bath was added 5 g of Pd/C (5% w/w), 50 g of potassium carbonate and 100 ml of anhydrous t-BuOOH. The mixture was stirred in air for overnight before it was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The residue after removal of organic solvent and drying was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give 25 g of Ax2 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl).

Method AX Step 2

A solution of AX2 (4.5 g, n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) in MeOH (50 ml) was treated with 0.4 g of Sodium borohydride and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the solvent was removed and residue chromatographed to give a mixture of AX3 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) and AX4 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) which was separated using an AS chiralpak column eluted with 8% IPA in Hexane (0.05% DEA) to give 2.1 g of AX3 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) as the first fraction and 2.2 g of AX4 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) as the second fraction.

Method AX Step 3

A 100 ml methanolic solution of AX4 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) (2.2 g) and 1,1′-bis(di-i-propylphosphino)ferrocene (1,5-cyclooctadiene)rhodium (I) tetrafluoroborate (0.4 g, 0.57 mmol) was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield AX6 (n=1, R⁴=phenethyl) (1.7 g).

The following compounds were generated using similar method.

Method AY

A solution of AY1 (n=1; 1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), 5% Rh/C (1.5 g), 5% Pd/C (0.5 g) in AcOH (30 mL) was shaken in a Parr apparatus at 55 psi for 18 hours. The vessel was flushed with N₂, and the reaction was filtered through a pad of celite. After concentration AY2 was obtained which was carried on without purification. MS m/e: 312.0 (M+H).

AY3 was generated using similar method.

Method AZ

Method AZ Step 1

To a solution of AZ1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.441 g, 1.01 mmol), generated from AY2 using Method C and Method H Step 3, in DCM was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (0.880 g, 2.07 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with H₂O and diluted with EtOAc. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield AZ2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.408 g, 0.94 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 434.1 (M+H).

Method AZ Step 2

To a solution of AZ2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.011 g, 0.025 mmol) and AZ5 (R¹⁵=H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.0067 mL, 0.066 mmol) in DCE (1.8 mL) and MeOH (0.2 mL) was added AcOH (4 drops) and MP-cyanoborohydride resin (0.095 g, 2.42 mmol/g). The reaction was agitated for 40 hours at room temperature. The reaction was treated with 7N NH₃/MeOH, and solution was filtered. After concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel HPLC (0-4% [(5% 7N NH₃/MeOH)/MeOH]/(50% DCM/hexanes) to furnish fraction 1 and fraction 2 which, after removal of solvent, were treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 3 h at r.t. to give AZ4 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=2-cyclohexylethyl, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.005 g, 0.009 mmol) and the AZ3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=2-cyclohexylethyl, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.012 g, 0.022 mmol) respectively.

The following compounds were generated using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 462

333 334 463

348 349 464

374 375 465

374 375 466

374 375 467

374 375 468

376 377 469

376 377 470

376 377 471

376 377 472

377 378 473

377 378 474

378 379 475

378 379 476

388 389 477

388 389 478

388 389 479

388 389 480

388 389 481

388 389 482

388 389 483

388 389 484

390 391 485

390 391 486

390 391 487

390 391 488

391 392 489

391 392 490

391 392 491

391 392 492

392 393 493

392 393 494

392 393 495

392 393 496

402 403 497

402 403 498

402 403 499

405 406 500

406 407 501

406 407 502

406 407 503

406 407 504

406 407 505

410 411 506

410 411 507

410 411 508

411 412 509

411 412 510

411 412 511

416 417 512

416 417 513

416 417 514

416 417 515

417 418 516

417 418 517

424 425 518

424 425 519

424 425 520

424 425 521

425 426 522

425 426 523

425 426 524

425 426 525

425 426 526

425 426 527

425 426 528

425 426 529

425 426 530

425 426 531

425 426 532

425 426 533

428 429 534

428 429 535

439 440 536

439 440 537

442 443 538

442 443 539

442 443 540

442 443 541

444 445 542

445 446 543

459 460 544

459 460

Method BA

Method BA Step 1

BA1, prepared according to a literature procedure (Terao Y; Kotaki, H; Imai, N and Achiwa K. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 33 (7), 1985, 2762-2766) was converted to BA2 using a procedure described by Coldham, I; Crapnell, K. M; Fernandez, J-C; Moseley J. D. and Rabot, R. (Journal of Organic Chemistry, 67 (17), 2002, 6185-6187).

¹H NMR (CDCl₃) for BA2: 1.42 (s, 9H), 4.06 (d, 4H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 5.62 (d, 1H).

Method BA Step 2

BA3 was generated from BA2 using a literature procedure described by Winkler J. D.; Axten J.; Hammach A. H.; Kwak, Y-S; Lengweiler, U.; Lucero, M. J.; Houk, K. N. (Tetrahedron, 54 1998, 7045-7056). Analytical data for compound BA3: MS m/e: 262.1, 264.1 (M+H). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 4.11 (d, 4H), 5.78 (d, 1H).

Method BB

Method BB Step 1

Compound BB1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) was converted to BB2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) and BB3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) which were separated via a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc in Hexane (0-15%).

Method BS Step 2

Compound BB4 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) was generated from BB2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) using 20% TFA in DCM.

The following compounds were generated using similar method:

Method BC

Method BC Step 1

Compound BC2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC1 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) using method L step 2.

Method BC Step 2

Compound BC3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=m-Pyridyl) using method L step 3.

The following compounds were generated using a similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 552

374 375 553

388 389 554

388 389 555

388 389 556

388 389 557

390 391 558

390 391 559

402 403 560

402 403 561

402 403 562

402 403 563

404 405 564

404 405 565

404 405 566

404 405 567

410 411 568

410 411 569

411 412 570

411 412 571

411 412 572

411 412 573

411 412 574

411 412 575

416 417 576

416 417 577

416 417 578

416 417 579

424 425 580

424 425 581

424 425 582

424 425 583

425 426 584

425 426 585

425 426 586

425 426 587

425 426 588

425 426 589

425 426 590

430 431 591

430 431 592

438 439 593

438 439 594

439 440

Method BD

Method BD Step 1

Compound BD2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=Ph) was obtained from BD1 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl) using Method N, Step 1.

Method BD Step 2

Compound BD3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=Ph) was obtained from BD2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=m-Pyridyl) using Method N, Step 2.

The following compounds were generated using a similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 595

440 441 596

460 461

Method BE

Method similar to Method M was adapted for these transformations. The following compounds were generated similar methods.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 597

405 406 598

439 440

Method BF

Method BF Step 1

Method similar to Method T, Step 1 was used for the synthesis of BF2 (n=1, R¹=Me and R³=phenethyl, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=n-propyl).

Method BF Step 2

Method similar to method L Step 3 was adapted for this transformation.

The following compounds were generated using similar methods.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 599

376 377 600

390 391 601

390 391 602

390 391 603

397 398 604

397 398 605

397 398 606

397 398 607

411 412

Method BG

Method BG

To a solution of BG1 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.136 g, 0.31 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ was added 2,6-lutidine, AgOTf, and butyl iodide. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 96 hours. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish BG2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.124 g, 0.25 mmol, 80% yield). MS m/e: 426.1 (M-OBu).

The following compound was prepared using similar method:

Method BH

Method BH Step 1

Compound BH1 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) and 5% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.040 g) in EtOAc (1 mL)/MeOH (0.2 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of H₂ for 20 hours at room temperature. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The crude product mixture BH2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) was carried on to the next step without purification.

Method BH Step 2

A solution of BH2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) was converted to a product mixture of BH4 and BH3 using a method similar to Method C Step 1. The mixture was purified by silica get chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield BH4 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol, 56% yield) and BH3 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.008 g, 0.020 mmol, 14% yield). For BH4 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1 M+H). For BH3 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1 (M+H).

Method BH Step 3

Compound BH4 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol) was converted to BH5 (n=1, R²=Me, R³=cyclohexylethyl and R¹⁵=n-butyl) (0.016 g, 0.043 mmol, 57% yield) using a method similar to Method A, step 3. MS m/e: 392.1 (M+H).

The following compound was generated using a similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 608

391 392 609

391 392 610

391 392

Method BI

A solution of BI1 (0.020 g, 0.040 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was degassed using freeze/pump/thaw (4×) method. At the end of the fourth cycle Crabtree's catalyst was added and the system was evacuated. While thawing, the system was charged with hydrogen gas, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under an H₂ atmosphere. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BI2 (0.011 g, 0.022 mmol, 55% yield). MS m/e: 368.2 (M+H).

Method BJ

Method BJ Step 1

A mixture of 2 ml dioxane solution of BJ1 (R¹=Me, R³=Me) (140 mg, 0.5 mmol) generated using Method BK Steps 1 & 2, indole (1.2 eq), potassium t-Butoxide (1.4 eq), Pd₂(dba)₃ (0.02 eq) and 2-di-t-butylphospinobiphenyl (0.04 eq) in a sealed tube was irradiated in a microwave oven at 120° C. for 10 min and the mixture was separated via a silica gel column to give BJ2 (R¹=Me, R³=Me) (0.73 mg).

Method BJ Step 2

BJ2 (R¹=Me, R³=Me) was converted to BJ3 (R¹=Me, R³=Me) using Method BK, Steps 3 & 4. Obs. Mass for BJ3 (R¹=Me, R³=Me): 319.2.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 614

318 319

Method BK

Method BK Step 1

Hydantoin BK2 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) was prepared according to Method D, Step 1 from the corresponding ketone BK1 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu). Analytical data for BK2 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu): (M+H)=330.1.

Method BK Step 2

To a suspension of hydantoin BK2 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (138 mg, 0.419 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (0.11 ml, 0.84 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated in a 100° C. oil bath for 16 h and then cooled to RT and concentrated under vacuum. This crude residue was purified by column chromatography (MeOH/DCM) to give product BK3 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (140 mg, 0.408 mmol, 97%), (M+H)=344.1.

Method BK Step 3

To a solution of a portion of BK3 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.20 mmol) in toluene (1 ml) was added Lawesson's reagent (107 mg, 0.26 mmol). The resulting mixture was placed in an oil bath at 60° C. for 16 h and then at 100° C. for 24 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction was quenched by addition of several drops of 1 N HCl and then diluted with EtOAc and 1 N KOH. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. This crude residue was purified by preparative TLC (1000 μm silica, 15% EtOAc/DCM) to give two separated diastereomers BK4 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (24 mg, 0.067 mmol, 33%, MS: (M+H)=360.2) and BK5 (R³=N-benzyl-m-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (22 mg, 0.062 mmol, 31%, MS: (M+H)=360.2).

Method BK Step 4

Diastereomer BK5 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) was treated with NH₄OH (2 ml) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (70% aqueous, 2 ml) in MeOH (4 ml) for 24 h. After concentration, the crude sample was purified by preparative TLC (1000 mm silica, 7.5% 7N NH₃/MeOH in DCM). The resulting sample was dissolved in DCM (1 ml), treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 5 min, and finally concentrated to give diastereomeric products BK7 (R³=N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R⁴=n-Bu) (12 mg, 0.029 mmol, 43%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 4.39 (ABq, J_(AB)=12.8 Hz, Δν_(AB)=42.1 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.39 (br d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.68 (br d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (dq, J_(d)=3.6 Hz, J_(q)=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.36-1.22 (m, 4H), 1.03 (m, 1H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: t_(R) (doubly protonated)=0.52 min, (singly protonated)=2.79 min; (M+H) for both peaks=343.2.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 615

281 282

Method BL

To a 2 ml Methanolic solution of BL1 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R¹=Me) (10 mg) was added BL3 (HCl salt, R¹⁵=H, 2 eq) and NaOAc (2 eq) and the mixture was heated to 60 C for 16 h. After removal of solvent, the residue was treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 30 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified using a reverse phase HPLC to give BL2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R¹=Me and R¹⁵=H).

The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 616

348 349 617

388 389

Method BM

Method BM Step 1

To a toluene solution (3 ml) of BM1 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) (0.050 mg) was added 1.5 eq of diphenylphosphorylazide and 1.5 eq of DBU and the solution was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1% aq HOAc before the organic layer was dried and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using EtOAc/Hex to give a product that was treated with triphenylphosphine (2 eq) in THF (1% water) overnight to give BM2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) after reverse phase purification.

Method BM Step 2

To a DCM solution of BM2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) was added 1 eq of benzyloxycarbonyl-OSu and the reaction was stirred overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed to give BM3 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me).

Compound BM4 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) and BM5 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) were generated from BM2 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) and BM3 (n=1, R³=cyclohexylethyl, R²=Me) through Boc-deprotection.

The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 618

332 333 619

468 469

Method BN

A mixture of Pd(OAc)₂ (9 mg), triethylamine (17 microliter), triethylsilane (11 microliter) and BN1 (20 mg) in DCM was hydrogenated at 1 atm at rt for 1.5 h before the reaction was filtered through a Celite pad to give BN2 after removal of solvent.

Method BO

The following compounds were generated through boc-deprotection of the corresponding starting material using 50% TFA in DCM, rt 30 min.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 620

266 267 621

266 267 622

274 275 623

274 275 624

288 289 625

320 321 626

320 321

Method BP

Method BP Step 1

To a solution of BP1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.012 g, 0.028 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.5 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (0.010 mL, 0.086 mmol), AgOTf (0.024 g, 0.093 mmol), and benzyl bromide (0.010 mL, 0.084 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solid was filtered, and after concentration the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BP2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.010 g, 0.019 mmol). MS m/e: 526.1 (M+H).

Method BP Step 2

BP3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BP2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) using 30% TFA/DCM. MS m/e: 426.1 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 627

425 426

Method BQ

Method BQ Step 1

BQ1 was prepared according to Method AZ.

To a solution of BQ1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.3 mL) was added DIEA (0.007 mL, 0.040 mmol), acetic acid (0.001 mL, 0.017 mmol), HOBt (0.003 g, 0.019 mmol), and EDCl (0.003 g, 0.016 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BQ2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 627.1 (M+H).

Method BQ Step 2

BQ2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol) was treated with 20% TFA/CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) in the presence of PS-thiophenol resin (0.030 g, 1.42 mmol/g) for 3 hours. The solution was filtered and concentrated to produce BQ₃ (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 377.2 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 628

376 377

Method BR

Method BR Step 1

To a solution of BR1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in pyridine (0.2 ml) was added DMAP (a few crystals) and methylsulfonyl chloride (3 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6 days. The reaction was quenched with water and diluted with CH₂Cl₂. The organic layer was removed, and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×). After concentration, the brown residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BR2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.004 mmol). MS m/e: 663.2 (M+H).

Method BR Step 2

BR3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BR2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) following a procedure similar to Method BQ Step 2. MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 629

412 413

Method BS

Method BS Step 1

To a solution of BS1 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.006 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.3 mL) was added phenyl isocyanate (2 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BS2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e 823.5 (M+H).

Method BS Step 2

Compound BS2 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) was subjected to the same conditions in Method BQ Step 2. The crude mixture prepared above was treated with LiOH (0.006 g, 0.25 mmol) in MeOH (0.3 mL) for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BS3 (n=1, R¹=Me, R²=H, R³=cyclohexylethyl) (0.0012 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e: 454.1 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 630

453 454

Method BT

Method BT

To a round bottom flask were added compound BT1 (R¹=Me, R³=Me) (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), anhydrous toluene (2 ml), 3-aminopyridine (55 mg, 0.58 mmol) and 2-(di-tert-butyl phosphino) biphenyl (17 mg, 0.058). The solution was then degassed by N₂ for 2 minutes before NaO-t-Bu (61 mg, 0.638 mmol) and Pd₂(dba)₃ (27 mg, 0.029 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 22 hours. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction was poured to cold water and extracted by CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layer was then dried over Na₂SO₄. After the filtration, the concentrated residue was separated by TLC (CH₃OH:CH₂Cl₂=1:10) and reverse phase HPLC (10%-100% acetonitrile in water w/0.1% formic acid) to produce the desired compound BT2 (R¹=Me, R³=Me and R²¹=m-pyridyl) as a formate salt (23.6 mg, white solid, 20%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.50-6.90 (m, 13H), 3.14 (s, 3H) MS m/e 358 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 631

347 348 632

356 357 633

357 358 634

357 358 635

357 358 636

358 359

Method BU

Method BU Step 1

To a round bottomed flask containing BU1 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (99 mg, 0.307 mmol) of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of pyrollidine derivative in 5 ml of DCM was added (86 μL, 0.614 mmol) of triethylamine followed by addition of (76 mg, 0.307 mmol) N-(benzyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide. Stir at room temperature for 18 h. Dilute the mixture with DCM and extract with sat'd NaHCO₃ soln, then water. Collect the organic portion and dry over Na₂SO₄, filter and concentrate in vacuo. Purify by silica gel chromatography (eluting with 0 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield BU2 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg, 0.284 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 458.1 (M+H).

Method BU Step 2

To a solution of BU2 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg) in 1 ml of MeOH in a reaction vial was added 0.5 ml of a solution of 70% tBuOOH in water and 0.5 ml of NH₄OH. Seal the vial and shake at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with 1 ml of MeOH and a mixture 30 mg of NaHCO₃ and Boc₂O (87 mg, 0.398 mmol) were added. The solution mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h before it was concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield the BU3 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol, 58% yield). MS m/e: 541.1, 441.1 (M+H).

Method BU Step 3

A solution of BU3 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol) in 5 ml of MeOH was hydrogenated using 100 mg of Pd(OH)₂—C (20% w/w) at 1 atm for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the pad was washed with MeOH. Concentration of the collected organic portions in vacuo yielded BU4 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (47 mg 0.116 mmol, 70% yield). MS m/e: 407.1 (M+H).

Method BU Step 4

To a vial containing 10 mg of powdered 4 4′ molecular sieves was added 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (60 mg, 0.395 mmol) then 3 ml of anhydrous MeOH. To this mixture was added pyridine (100 ml, 0.650 mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (7 mg, 0.038 mmol), and BU4 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl) (7.83 mg, 0.019 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 96 h before it was quenched with 0.25 ml of 7N ammonia in methanol solution. The reaction mixture was extracted with water and DCM and the organic layers were dried and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified via a reverse-phase HPLC to give a product which was treated with 5 ml of 40% of TFA in DCM for 5 h. After removal of the volatiles, the residue was purified using a reverse phase HPLC system to furnish BU5 (m=1, n=1, R¹=Me, R³=Cyclohexylethyl and R²¹=m-MeOPh) as the formic acid salt (0.7 mg, 0.0015 mmol, 30.1% yield). MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 637

358 359 638

412 413

Method BV

Method BV Step 1

The method was adapted from a literature procedure (Page et al., Tetrahedron 1992, 35, 7265-7274)

A hexane solution of nBuLi (4.4 mL, 11 mmol) was added to a −78 C solution of BV2 (R⁴=phenyl) (2.0 g, 10 mmol) in THF (47 mL). After 60 minutes at −78 C, a solution of BV1 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) (2.24 g, 11 mmol) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 4-10% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a white solid BV3 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R⁴=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol, 42%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 3.15 (bs, 1H), 2.57-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.89 (m, 2H).

Method BV Step 2

A solution of BV3 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R⁴=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) was slowly added via addition funnel to a 0° C. solution of N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 11.3 g, 63.3 mmol) in acetone (200 mL) and water (7.5 mL). The mixture was slowly warmed to RT, and quenched after 60 minutes with 10% aqueous Na₂SO₃. After diluting with CH₂Cl₂, the layers were separated, and the organic layer washed with water (2×), brine (1×) and dried over MgSO₄. Concentration under vacuum afforded an oil which was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a solid BV4 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R⁴=phenyl) (690 mg, 2.24 mmol, 53%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

8.19 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 3H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 1H).

Method BV Step 3

BV5 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R⁴=phenyl and R¹=Me and R²=H) was prepared from BV4 (R³=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R⁴=phenyl) using Method AS, Step 4.

Obs. # Structure MW m/e 639

361 362 640

361 NA

Method BW

To an oven-dried vial was added Pd₂(dba)₃ (15.4 mg, 0.0168 mmol) and 2-(Di-t-butylphosphino)biphenyl (10.0 mg, 0.0336 mmol) followed by addition of a solution of BW1 (R⁴=Me; R¹=Me and n=1) (56.8 mg, 0.168 mmol) in 2 mL of anhydrous THF. 2-Bromopyridine (17.0 mL, 0.178 mmol) was added followed by addition of 0.80 mL of 1.0 N LHMDS solution in THF. The reaction mixtures was stirred at 35° C. for 90 min followed by addition of MeOH and filtration through a silica gel pad. Purification by silica gel chromatography (0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes) yielded the product which was treated with 5 mL of a 30% TFA in DCM solution to give BW2 after concentration and purification via a reverse phase column (R⁴=Me; R¹=Me; R²²=2-pyridyl and n=1) (69.3 mg, 99%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 416.2

Method BX

Method BX Step 1

To a solution of BX1 (R⁴=Me and n=1) (0.78 g, 3.63 mmol) in 10 mL of anhydrous DMF, was added N-Boc-N′-methyl thiourea (0.70 g, 3.70 mmol), EDCl.HCl (0.90 g, 4.71 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h before it was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic solution was dried, concentrated and the residue chromatographed via a silica gel column to yield BX2 (R¹=R⁴=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 100%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 340.1

Method BX Step 2

To a solution of BX2 (R¹=R⁴=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 3.63 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous THF was added triphenylphosphine (1.43 g, 5.44 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. followed by slow addition of diisopropylcarbodiimide (1.07 mL, 5.44 mmol). After the mixture was stirred for 15 min at 0° C., nicotinoyl azide (Synthesis, 2004 (17), 2886) (0.66 g, 4.71 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with water (3×100 mL). The residue from the organic layer was purified through a silica gel column to yield the product azide which was hydrogenation using 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.64 mg) in MeOH to give BX3 (R¹=R⁴=Me and n=1). ES_LCMS (m/e): 339.1.

Method BY

The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Methods AO or AP.

Method BZ

The following aminoacids were generated using methods similar to Method D

Method CA

Compound CA2 (R³=R⁴=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=cyclopentyl) was obtained from CA1 (R³=R⁴=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R¹⁵=H and R¹⁶=cyclopentyl) using a method similar to Method G.

Method CB

The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Method E and/or AX.

Method CC

Method CC Step 1

To a methanol solution (20 mL) of CC1 (5 g) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium borohydride (1 eq) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness then extracted with DCM/water. The DCM fractions were pooled, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was dissolved in 20 mL. of anhydrous DCM. To this solution was added t-butyldimethylchlorosilane (2 eq.) and imidazole (2 eq.). The reaction was stirred overnight at RT before it was quenched DCM and saturated NaHCO₃. The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give crude product CC2.

Method CC Step 2

A literature procedure was adapted (Aust. J. Chem. 1990, 43(7), 1195). Compound CC2 (50 g) in 80 mL. THF was added to mercuric oxide (1.5 eq.) and borontrifluoride etherate (1.6 eq.) in 540 mL. of THF/H₂O (5:1) and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 2 h before the reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq.) and ether. The ether phase was dried over anhyd. Na₂SO₄, filtered through a silica pad and concentrated to give crude CC3.

Method CC Step 3

To CC3 (10.4 grams) in 200 mL MeOH was added 1.1 eq. of sodium borohydride and the mixture was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned in DCM/H₂O. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed to give product CC4.

Method CC Step 4

Compound CC4 (2.5) in 5 mL. anhydrous DCM was added Bis(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE; 1.2 eq.) followed by carbon tetrabromide (1.1 eq.) at 0° C. and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with hexane and poured over a silica pad. The organic solution was evaporated to give product CC5 as an oil. ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.72, br s, 1H; 4.18, t, 1H; 3.83, q, 2H; 2.00-2.10, m, 2H; 1.76-1.81, m, 2H; 1.43-1.56, m, 2H; 0.84, s, 9H; 0.03, s, 6H.

Method CC Step 5

Compound CC6 was generated from CC5 using a similar procedure in Method E. Crude compound CC6 was purified by flash chromatography (gradient 0-10% EtOAc in hexane). Two isomers were isolated during purification isomer A which eluted first followed by isomer B.

ISOMER A: ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.26-7.37, m, 5H; 5.57, s, 1H; 5.38, s, 1H; 5.02, q, 2H; 4.08, br s, 1H; 3.67, s, 3H; 3.08, d, 1H; 2.58, d, 1H; 1.80-1.92, m, 1H; 1.60-1.75, m, 3H; 1.32-1.44, m, 3H; 0.83, s, 9H; 0.35-0.45, m, 4H; 0.01, s, 6H.

ISOMER B: ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.286-7.36, m, 5H; 5.56, s, 1H; 5.39, s, 1H; 5.06, q, 2H; 4.15, br s, 1H; 3.71, s, 3H; 3.06, d, 1H; 2.70, d, 1H, 1.60-1.90, m, 4H; 1.33-1.48, m, 3H; 0.87, s, 9H; 0.37-0.51, m, 4H; 0.03, s, 6H. Yield 26% isomer A and 22% isomer B.

Method CC Step 6

Compound CC7 was obtained from CC6 (isomer B) through treatment with 1 N TBAF in THF for 30 min followed by extraction with ether/water. The organic phase was separated and washed four times with water. The aqueous phase was pooled and washed once with Et₂O (pH ˜6 to 7). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to give product CC7 in 94% yield. ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.28-7.39, m, 5H; 5.58, br s, 1H; 5.49, br s, 1H; 5.10, d, 1H; 5.02 d, 1H; 4.09, br s, 1H; 3.72, s, 3H; 3.14, d, 1H; 2.70, s, 1H; 1.79-1.87, m, 2H; 1.67-1.79, m, 1H; 1.53-1.67, m, 2H; 1.44-1.53, m, 2H; 1.31-1.39, m, 1H; 0.35-0.54, m, 4H

Method CD

Step 1: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD1; R⁴=Me) (1.5 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOAc (150 mL) at reflux was added IBX (3.82 g, 13.6 mmol, 3 eq). Reflux was continued for another 2 h and then the mixture was cooled to RT. The white precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.0 g (66%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl carbamate (CD2; R⁴=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.85 (bs, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 9H).

Step 2: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R⁴=Me) (1.0 g, 3 mmol) in dichloroethane (50 mL) was added methylamine (0.48 g, 6.1 mmol, 2 eq) in water (40%) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 1 h followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.8 g, 8.5 mmol, 2.8 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and quenched with MeOH. After stirring for 30 min the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/MeOH to give 0.62 g (60%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R¹=Me, R⁴=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.47 (bs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 5.97 (bs, 1H), 3.18-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 342.9 (M+H)⁺.

Step 3: 4-(3-Bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine

tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R¹=Me, R⁴=Me) (0.62 g, 1.8 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was redissolved in CHCl₃ (20 mL). The solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.33 g (76%) of crude 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N¹-methylpropan-1,2-diamine as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.65 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.54 (bs, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 242.9 (M+H)⁺. The compound was used in the next step without further purification.

To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N¹-methylpropan-1,2-diamine (0.12 g, 0.50 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.073 g, 0.70 mmol, 1.4 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl₃ (20 mL) and the solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give 0.14 g (100%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R¹=Me, R⁴=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.42 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 1.56 (bs, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 268.1, 270.1 (M+H)⁺.

Step 4: 4-(3-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine

A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3,4-difluorophenyl boronic acid (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (20 mg), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and a 1N K₂CO₃ aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.019 g (63%) of 4-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R¹=Me, R⁴=Me, R²¹=3,4-difluorophenyl) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.20 (m, 6H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.2 (M+H)⁺, HPLC (A) R_(t)=5.48 min.

Alternative for Method CD for Compound: R¹=OR¹⁵ Alternative Method CD Step 2: tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R⁴=Me) (2.7 g, 8.2 mmol) in dichloroethane (40 mL) was added methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.89 g, 10.7 mmol, 1.3 eq) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the oxime intermediate. The oxime was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and borane-pyridine complex (0.74 g, 7.9 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at r.t for 20 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in DCM (50 mL) and washed with water (3×20 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to give 1.6 g (54%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R¹=OMe, R⁴=Me). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.60-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). The crude compound was used in the next step without further purification.

Alternative Method CD Step 3: 4-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine

tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-yl carbamate (CD3; R¹=OMe, R⁴=Me) (1.6 g, 4.4 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl₃ (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and BrCN (0.096 g, 0.91 mmol) was added. After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl₃ (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give 0.2 g (16%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R¹=OMe, R⁴=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.65-7.35 (m, 4H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, 1H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H).

Alternative Method CD Step 4: 4-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine

A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R¹=OMe, R⁴=Me) (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3-chloro phenylboronic acid (0.023 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (0.020 g), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and 1N K₂CO₃ aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.008 g (25%) of 4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R¹=OMe, R⁴=Me, R²¹=3-ClC₆H₄) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.75-7.60 (m, 5H), 7.58-7.42 (m, 3H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 316.0, 318.0 (M+H)⁺, HPLC (A) R_(t)=5.64 min.

Method CE

Method CE Step 1

The synthesis of CE2 (R¹=R⁴=Me, R²¹=Br and R⁴=Me) was adapted from the procedure of Spanu, P. et. al. Tet. Lett., 2003, 44, 671-675. Thus, to a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE1; R¹=R⁶=Me, R²¹=Br) (0.24 g, 0.6 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 0.6 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of iodomethane (0.080 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (4 mL) was added dropwise to form an orange-colored enolate solution. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. Water was added to quench the reaction and the suspension was warmed to RT. The mixture was then partitioned between H₂O and Et₂O. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et₂O (3×25 mL).

The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give 0.38 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.14 g (54%) of tert-butyl (4S,5R)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4,5-trimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE2; R¹=R⁴=Me, R²¹=Br and R⁶=Me) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz):

10.16 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 1H), 3.01 (m, 3H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 12H), 1.17 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=441.7 HPLC (A) R_(t)=7.20 min.

Method CE Step 2

A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidene carbamate (CE2; R¹=R⁴=Me, R⁶=Me, R²¹=Br) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-cyanothien-1-ylboronic acid (0.2 g, 1.3 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% Pd, 0.7 g), and 1N aq. K₂CO₃ (0.5 mL) was heated at 110° C. in a 20 mL Smith process vial using the Emrys microwave synthesizer. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed column of Si-Carbonate column and eluted with MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1:1). The eluent was concentrated to give 0.32 g of a yellow oil, which was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48% yield, syn:anti ratio: 5:1) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxotetrahydro-pyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=438.7; M+−56=383.1. HPLC R_(t)=7.28 min (syn isomer).

(S)-tert-Butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH₂Cl₂ at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was re-dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of crude iminopyrimidinone as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (B) to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CE3; R¹=R⁴=Me, R⁶=Me, R²¹=5-cyanothien-1-yl) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz):

11.1 (br s, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=438.7; M+−56=339.1. HPLC R_(t)=7.24 min (syn isomer).

Method CF

Method CF Step 1

To a solution of t-butylcarbamate (0.5 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) at RT was added NaH (0.17 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. Then a solution of methyl isocyanate (0.3 g, 4.2 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 25° C. for 15 min. The mixture was then poured into 30 mL of ice-water under vigorous stirring. The reaction solution was extracted with Et₂O (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.42 g (50% yield) of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate CF1 (R¹=Me) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 8.3 (br s, 1H), 3.19 (d, 3H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.8 (br s, 1H), 1.5 (s, 9H).

Method CF Step 2

To a solution of an HCl salt of AB2 (R⁶=3-bromophenyl and R⁷=Me) (0.2 g, 0.7 mmol) and CF1 (R¹=Me) in DMF (2 mL) at RT was added DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.8 mmol, 4 eq) and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide HCl (EDCl, 0.2 g, 1.0 mmol, 1.4 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), washed with brine, dried (MgSO₄), and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 0.34 g of crude product as a yellow oil which was purified using silica gel chromatography by eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.17 g (0.4 mmol, 60%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R¹=R⁶=Me) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 10.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H) 7.24 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.2 (d, 1H, J=16.3 Hz), 2.87 (d, 1H, J=16.1 Hz), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=395.7, 398.7. HPLC R_(t)=7.11 min.

Method CF Step 3

A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R¹=R⁶=Me) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (R²¹=5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl; 0.2 g, 1.2 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% of Pd, 0.7 g) and 1N aq. K₂CO₃ (0.5 mL) in dimethoxyethane (DME, 10 mL) or tert-butanol (10 mL) in a 20 mL Smith process vial equipped with stir a bar was sealed and heated in an Emrys optimizer at 110° C. for 15 min. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed Si-Carbonate column and eluted with MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1:1). The eluant was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 0.32 g of the crude product as an oil. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes gradient) to yield 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)-phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R¹=R⁶=Me, R²¹=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 7.48-4.32 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 5.68 (br s, 1H), 3.28 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.96 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=443.7, 445.7; M⁺−56=388.0. HPLC R_(t) (A)=6.99 min.

Method CF Step 4

(S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R¹=R⁶=Me, R²¹=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH₂Cl₂ at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified via reverse phase HPLC to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-(3-chloro-6-hydroxy-phenyl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CF4; R¹=R⁶=Me, R²¹=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz):

11.4 (br s, 1H), 7.6-4.25 (m, 3H), 7.24-6.84 (m, 3H), 3.68 (br s, 1H), 5.18 (br s, 1H), 3.39 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.95 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=344.1. HPLC (A) R_(t)=5.07 min.

Method CG

Method CG Step 1

A solution of CG1 (R²¹=Br, 12.29 g, 45 mmol) and NaOH (1.93 g, 49 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) and water (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After removal of MeOH under vacuum, the aqueous residue was adjusted to pH 3 and the resulting solid filtered off, dried under vacuum to give CG2 (R²¹=Br, 11.41 g, 98%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.27 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H).

Method CG Step 2

A mixture of CG2 (R²¹=Br, 11.41 g, 44 mmol), EDCl (8.6 g, 45 mmol), dipropylamine (6.2 mL, 44.8 mmol), HOBt (6.0 g, 44.4 mmol) and NEt₃ (10 mL, 72 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. The reaction was washed with sat. NaHCO₃, water (1×), NH₄Cl (1×), water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%→40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CG3 (R²¹=Br, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 3.62 g, 24%).

Method CG Step 3

A mixture of CG3 (R²¹=Br, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 3.6 g, 10.5 mmol), HN(Me)SO₂Me (1.4 mL, 16.3 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (355 mg, 1.58 mmol), Xantphos (1.41 g, 2.44 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (5.17 g, 15.8 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was degassed under a stream of N₂ for 10 min, then heated at 95° C. for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through celite, and the filtrate partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected twice to silica gel chromatography (0%→3% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to give CG4 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 2.65 g, 68%).

Method CG Step 4

LiBH₄ (2 M THF, 8 mL, 16 mmol) was added to a solution of CG4 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 2.65 g, 7.15 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at 0° C. After 18 h at RT, the reaction was quenched with 1 M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%→5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to give CG5 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 1.77 g, 72%).

Method CG Step 5

A mixture of CG5 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 1.77 g, 5.17 mmol), sodium azide (404 mg, 6.21 mmol), and PPh₃ (2.85 g, 10.87 mmol) in CCl₄ (5 mL) and DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 5 h, then at RT for 18 h. The reaction was stirred with water (10 mL) for 10 min, then diluted with Et₂O. The organic layer was triturated with water, filtered, dried over MgSO₄, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was directly used in the next step (azide reduction).

Method CG Step 6

The product from method CG, step 5 was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) and stirred in the presence of 10% Pd/carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen (50 psi) for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture was passed through a PTFE-filter, and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to give CG6 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 130 mg, 7.5% from CG5).

Method CG Step 7

A mixture of CG6 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 130 mg, 0.38 mmol), 1,3-di(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-methylisothiourea (110 mg, 0.38 mmol), NEt₃ (55 μL, 0.38 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. After removal of the volatiles in vacuo, the resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ as eluent). The resulting intermediate (140 mg, 0.24 mmol) was treated with 50% TFA/CH₂Cl₂ at RT for 3 h, followed by removal of all volatiles under vacuum to give CG7 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 140 mg, 74% from CG6).

Method CG Step 8

A mixture of CG7 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, 120 mg, 0.24 mmol), benzil (50 mg, 0.24 mmol) and NEt₃ (134 μL, 0.96 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 18 h. After evaporating all volatiles, the residue was partitioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and evaporated. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (10% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ as eluent) to give CG8 (R²¹=N(Me)SO₂Me, R¹⁵=R¹⁶=Pr, R³=R⁴=Ph, 69 mg, 50%) as the formate salt. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.10-7.40 (m, 13H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.39 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.64 (m, 3H); LCMS: 576.3 (M+H).

Method CH

A solution of 0.35 mL of 1 M BBr₃ in DCM (0.35 mmole) was added dropwise to a solution of CH1 (52 mg, 0.11 mole) in 1.5 mL anhydrous DCM in ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred in ice bath for 10 min. and 2 hrs at RT. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL MeOH in ice bath. After concentration the crude was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give CH2 (37.3 mg, 67.% yield) as a formate.

Method CI

A solution of CI1 (20 mg as a formate; 0.042 mmole) in 4 mL of DCM was treated with mCPBA (0.42 mmole) at RT for 2 hrs. The crude mixture was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give compound CI2.

Method CJ

To a solution of CJ1 (R¹=R⁶=Me; 324 mg, 0.87 mmole) in 2.5 mL CHCl₃ and 2.5 mL HOAc in ice bath was added NBS (312 mg, 1.75 mmole) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. Upon reaction completion, the crude mixture was diluted with DCM, and washed with saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃, aqueous NaHCO₃ and brine. The crude was purified on flash column to give a product which was treated with 50% TFA in DCM to give CJ2 (R¹=R⁶=Me 220 mg, 56.% yield) after evaporation.

Method CK

Method CK Step 1

Similar to a literature procedure (Moloney et al., J. Med. Chem. 1997, 2347-2362), methyl bromomethylbenzoate (7.00 g, 30.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of CK1 (R³=R⁴=Ph, 7.00 g, 27.8 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (3.85 g, 27.8 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at RT. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with NaHCO₃ (1×), water (3×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give compound CK2 (12.7 g, 100%)

Method CK Step 2

Compound CK3 was obtained from CK2 using method BK, step 3.

Method CK Step 3

CK3 (1.18 g, 2.83 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and 2 N LiOH (4 mL, 8 mmol) was stirred overnight at RT. The mixture was quenched with 6 N HCl (2 mL, 12 mmol) and then partitioned between water and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue subjected to reverse-phase HPLC (gradient from 10%→95% CH₃CN/H₂O with 0.1% HCO₂H, 30 mL/min flow rate on a preparative C18 reverse-phase column) to afford CK4.

Method CK Step 4

Compounds CK5 were obtained from CK4 using method G, step 2.

Method CK Step 5

Compounds CK6 were obtained from CK5 using method A, step 3.

Method CL

Method CL Step 1

CL2 was obtained from CL1 (3-chlorophenyl boronic acid) following method AW.

Method CL Step 2

Trimethylsiyidiazomethane (2 M hexanes, 2.5 mL, 5.0 mmol) was added to a solution of LDA (freshly prepared from DIPA and ^(n)BuLi) in THF at −78° C. After 30 min at −78° C., a solution of aldehyde CL2 (900 mg, 4.13 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 3 h. The reaction was quenched with water, then extracted with Et₂O (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes) to give CL3 (752 mg, 86%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.21-7.65 (m, 8H), 3.08 (s, 1H).

Method CL Step 3

A mixture of CL3 (202 mg, 0.95 mmol), aryl bromide (Ar=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 181 my, 1.14 mmol), Pd(dba)₂ (27 mg, 47.5 μmol), PPh₃ (25 mg, 95 μmol), CuI (18 mg, 95 μmol) and DIPA (400 μL, 285 μmol) in DMF (2 mL) was degassed for 10 min under a stream of N₂, then heated at 100° C. for 30 min in a Smith Synthesizer microwave. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0→20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CL4 (R³=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 220 mg, 80%).

Method CL Step 4

A mixture of CL4 (R³=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 210 mg, 0.72 mmol), KMnO₄ (297 mg, 1.88 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB, 55 mg, 0.17 mmol) in AcOH (263 μL) and CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was stirred for 3 h at RT. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel, eluting with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to give CL5 (R³=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 154 mg, 66%).

Method CL Step 5

Diketone CL5 was converted into CL6 as described in Method CG, step 8. LCMS (CL6, R³=3,5-pyrimidinyl): 378.2 (M+H).

Method CM

Method CM Step 1

To a round bottom flask were added CM1 (R¹=Me, R³=Ph; 500 mg, 1.22 mmol), methanol (20 mL) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated by a hydrogen balloon for 3 hour 40 min at stirring. After filtration, the concentrated residue was purified by Analogix flash column chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane=0%-50%) to produce CM2 (R¹=Me, R³=Ph; 443 mg, 92%) as white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 381.2. (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=9.13 (s, br, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.57 (m, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Method CN

To an Ace pressure tube were added CN1 (R³=phenyl; R¹=Me; 100 mg, 0.290 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (81.0 mg, 0.319 mmol), KOAc (85.0 mg, 0.87 mmol), PdCl₂(dppf)₂.CH₂Cl₂ (24 mg, 0.029 mmol) and anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. (oil bath temperature) at stirring for 2 hour 15 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction were added 3,5-dibromo pyridine (206 mg, 0.87 mmol), anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL) and 1M aq. K₂CO₃ (1.45 mL, 1.45 mmol). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. at stirring for 45 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction was poured to cold water. The aqueous layer was extracted by DCM (3×50 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄. The concentrated residue was purified first by preparative TLC (7M NH₃/MeOH:DCM=1:10) and then preparative HPLC (reverse phase, C-18 column, 0.1% HCOOH/CH₃CN: 0.1% HCOOH/H₂O=10%-100%) to afford the desired product CN2 (formic acid salt; R³=phenyl; R¹=Me; R²¹=3′-(5-bromopyridyl; 53.5 mg, 40%) as a white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 421.1. (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=8.83-8.50 (m, br. 2H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.37 (m, 5H), 3.22 (s, 3H).

Method CO

A microwave tube was charged with CO1 (R¹=Me, R²=H; R³=cyclopropyl, n=0) (30 mg, 0.097 mmol), PS-Ph₃P—Pd (49 mg, 0.12 mmol), and R²¹SnBu₃ (R²¹=2-pyrazinyl) (43 mg, 0.12 mmol) as a solution in 1 mL of PhCF₃. The tube was sealed, and evacuated and back-filled with N₂ (5×). The mixture was then exposed to microwave irradiation (110° C., 30 min). The resulting mixture was filtered with copious MeOH washes. Concentration of the filtrate gave a crude product that was subjected to RP-HPLC to give CO2 (R¹=Me, R²=H; R³=c-Pr, n=0, R²¹=2-pyrazinyl) as a formate salt (12 mg, 0.063 mmol, 35%). LCMS R_(t)=3.58 min, m/e=308.2 (M+H).

Method CP

Method CP Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-one, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP3)

Using methods similar to those described by I. V. Konovalova et al. (Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii, 50(7), 1653-1654), 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester (CP2), is added to a solution of benzophenone imine (CP1) in toluene and the mixture is warmed to reflux for 4 h. Removal of solvent and purification by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CP3).

Method CP Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP4)

To a solution of CP3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO₄) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (CP4).

Method P1 Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-2-oxide (CP5)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CP4 is used to prepare the title compound (CP5).

As a variant of Method CP, benzophenone imine (CP1) is treated with 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester [(CH₃O)₂P—N═C═S], giving directly CP4, which is converted to CP5 as described in Method CP, Step 3.

Method CQ

Method CQ Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-chloro)phenyl-2-oxide (CQ2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)], methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl[1-amino-1-(4-chloro)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CQ1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.

Method CQ Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-chloro)phenyl-2-oxide (CQ3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CQ2 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CR

Method CR Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-one, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl[1-amino-1-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CR1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CR2).

Method CR Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR3)

To a solution of CR2 in toluene or xylene is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO₄) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound.

Method CR Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-methyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CR4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CR3 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CS

Method CS Step 1: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-4-(4-methoxy)phenylmethyl)-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl[1-(4-methoxy)phenylmethylamino-2-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CS1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provide the title compound.

Method CS Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-4-(4-methoxy)phenylmethyl)-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CS2 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CS Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxide (CS4)

A solution of CS3 in methanol is hydrogenated at 1 atm in the presence of 5 mol % Pd/C, yielding the title compound after filtration and purification by flash chromatography.

Method CT

Method CT Step 1: Dimethyl-[(4-bromophenyl)-1-isothiocyanato]ethylphosphonate

To a mixture of CT1 in DCM and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the product CT2 which is used without purification.

Method CT Step 2: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-thione, 2-methoxy-1-ethyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CT3)

To a solution of CT2 in acetonitrile is added ethylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is slowly warmed to reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.

Method CT Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1 ethyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CT4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CT3 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CU

Method CU Step 1: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-thione, 1-methyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CU2)

Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl (2-amino-1-phenyl)ethylphosphonate (CU1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.

Method CU Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-imine, 1-methyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CU3)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CU2 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CV

Method CV Step 1: Dimethyl (2-isothiocyanato-1-phenyl)ethylphosphonate (CV2)

To a mixture of CV1 in methylene chloride and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the product which is used without purification.

Method CV Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-6(1H)-thione, 1-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy-3-phenyl-2-oxide (CV3)

To a solution of CV2 in acetonitrile is added cyclopropylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is heated at reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.

Method CV Step 3: 1,4,2-Diazaphospholidin-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-cyclopropyl-3-(4-bromo)phenyl-2-oxide (CV4)

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CV3 is used to prepare the title compound.

Method CW

Method CW Step 1: Boc-1,5,2-diazaphosphorine-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-4-(3-arylphenyl)-2-oxides (CW2)

Reaction of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate with CW1 (R⁶=Me) using EDCl and DIEA in DMF affords CW2 (R⁶=Me) after purification.

Method CW Step 2: 1,5,2-Diazaphosphorine-5-imine, 2-methoxy-1-methyl-4-(3-(m-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2-oxides (CW3)

Following the procedure of Sauer, D. R. et al., Org. Lett., 2004, 6, 2793-2796, Suzuki reaction of CW2 (R⁶=Me) with aryl boronic acids using polymer-support Pd catalysts such as Fibre Cat or PS-PPh3-Pd under microwave heating conditions provides CW3 (R⁶=Me and R²¹=m-CN-Ph) of the invention after subsequent Boc-deprotection.

Method CX

Method CX Step 1, (S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(furan-2-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate CX1 (R⁶=Me) (1.12 g, 3.64 mmol, prepared using Method CF) in DCM (7 mL) was added MeCN (7 mL) and H₂O (10.5 mL), followed by RuCl₃.H₂O (7.6 mg, 0.036 mmol, 1 mol %), and NaIO₄ (11.6 g, 54.2 mmol, 15 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and the organic layer was separated, dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated to give 0.90 g (86%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R⁶=Me) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD):

3.17 (s, 3H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 1.63 (s, 9H), 1.57 (s, 3H).

Method CX Step 2, (6S)-2-Imino-3,6-dimethyl-6-(3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CX3)

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (CX2, R⁶=Me, 0.035 g, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (0.24 mL) was added TBTU (0.040 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq), HOBt (0.0035 mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.2 eq), and DIEA (0.107 mL, 0.60 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min and then N′-hydroxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamidine (0.028 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added. After stirring for another 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H₂O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in THF (0.4 mL) and then TBAF (1M in THF, 0.099 mL, 0.9 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, which was washed with H₂O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.015 g (26%) of (6S)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-6-(3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CX3; R⁶=Me, R⁷=3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD):

8.40 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.90 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=354.2, HPLC (A) R_(t)=6.234 min.

Method CY

(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R⁶=Me) (0.357 g, 1.25 mmol) in 1:5 MeOH/toluene (3 mL) was added TMSCHN₂ (2M in hexane, 1.9 mL, 3.8 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.37 g (100%) of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃):

8.80 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 1H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.50 (s, 3H).

To a solution of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (0.074 g, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added NH₂NH₂ (0.023 mL, 0.75 mmol, 3 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.074 g (100%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R⁶=Me) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

8.95 (s, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 3H).

Method CZ

3-(5-((S)-2-Imino-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidin-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzonitrile

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1; R⁶=Me, 0.037 g, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (0.3 mL) at 0° C. was added Et₃N (0.035 mL, 0.24 mmol, 2 eq) followed by 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride (0.027 g, 0.16 mmol, 1.3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 6 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H₂O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was then treated with TsCl (0.035 g, 0.18 mmol, 1.5 eq), Et₃N (0.046 mL, 0.31 mmol, 2.6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.13 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H₂O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (12%) of 3-(5-((S)-2-imino-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidin-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzonitrile as a white solid (CZ1; R⁶=Me). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz):

8.49 (m, 2H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.92 (t, 1H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=311.2, HPLC (A) R_(t)=4.175 min.

Method DA

(S)-6-(5-(3-Chlorophenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one

To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R⁶=Me, 0.030 g, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (0.25 mL) was added 3-chlorophenylisocyanate (0.015 mL, 0.20 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h and volatiles were then removed in vacuo. The residue was treated with TsCl (0.020 g, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq), Et₃N (0.083 mL, 0.60 mmol, 6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.16 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H₂O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (10%) of (S)-6-(5-(3-chlorophenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (DA1; R⁶=Me). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz):

7.78 (t, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.17 (dt, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH⁺=335.3, HPLC (A) R_(t)=5.710 min.

Method DB

Method DB Step 1; (1-(3-Bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (DB1, R⁴=Me)

Following the procedure of Cuccia, S. J.; Fleming, L. B.; France, D. J. Synth. Comm. 2002, 32 (19), 3011-3018: 3-Bromoacetophenone (2.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq), was dissolved in 20 mL DCM. A 1.0 N solution of titanium tetrachloride in DCM (20 mL, 20 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise over 15 min and the resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Bis-trimethylsilylcarbodiimide (5.0 mL, 22 mmol, 2.2 eq) in 5 mL of DCM was added over 15 min and the reaction was stirred for 16 h under argon. The reaction was poured onto 200 mL of an ice/water mixture and extracted with 3×200 mL of DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give 2.3 g (100%) of (1-(3-bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (DB1, R⁴=Me) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

8.16 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H).

Method DB Step 2; 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB2, R⁴=Me)

To a solution of the HCl salt of methylhydroxylamine (0.19 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (25 mL) at 25° C. was added a 21% solution of NaOEt in ethanol (0.75 mL, 2.0 mmol, 0.9 eq) followed by (1-(3-bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (0.50 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq). After stirring at 25° C. for 10 min, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (25 mL), the mixture was filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give 0.5 g (83%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB2, R¹=Me, R⁴=Me) as a colorless oil: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.63 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 270.0, 272.0 (M+H)⁺.

Method DB Step 3; 5-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

To a solution of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (25 mg, 0.093 mmol) and 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid (17 mg, 0.11 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was added a 1 M aqueous solution of K₂CO₃ (0.22 mL, 0.22 mmol) and PS-PPh₃-Pd (46 mg, 0.0046 mmol). The sample was heated in an Emrys Optimizer Microwave at 110° C. for 10 min. The resin was filtered off and rinsed alternately three times with CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) and CH₃OH (5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to give 12.3 mg (44%) of 5-(3-(3′-chlorophenyl)-phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB3; R¹=Me, R⁴=Me, R²¹=3-chlorophenyl) as a colorless oil: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.69 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.0, 304.0 (MH⁺)⁺.

Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared.

5-(3-(3-Methoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.72 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dt, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(2,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.67 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 328.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.71 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 286.0 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.70 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 352.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CD₃OD)

9.17 (s, 1H), 8.84 (m, 2H), 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H). MS m/e 269.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.66 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 336.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(2-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.59 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.34 (m, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 302.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.65 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 320.1 (M⁺H)

Method DC

Method DC Step 1, 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione

A mixture of 3-bromoacetophenone (10 g, 50 mmol), KCN (8.16 g, 130 mmol, 2.5 eq) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (21.7 g, 225 mmol, 4.5 eq) in EtOH/H₂O (1:1, 110 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water, hexane, and then dried to give 12.6 g (93%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione as an off-white solid (DC1; R⁶=Me). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD)

7.64 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=9.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H).

Method DC Step 2, 2-Amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)propanoic acid

5-(3-Bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (DC1; R⁶=Me) (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL of 1N KOH, heated to 185° C. in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) for 2 h. Afterward, the mixture was carefully acidified using conc. HCl to pH ˜2. The mixture was extracted once with Et₂O (20 mL). The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.6 g (100%) of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-propanoic acid (DC2; R⁶=Me) as an off white solid. ¹H NMR (CO₃OD)

7.75 (t, J=2.0, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H).

Method DC Step 3, 2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoic acid

To a solution of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-propanoic acid (DC2; R⁶=Me) (10.5 g, 43 mmol) in 1N KOH (105 mL) and dioxane (70 mL) at 0° C. was added (Boc)₂O (20.6 g, 95 mmol, 2.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to 100 mL. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After acidifying with 2N KHSO₄ to pH 2-3, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined EtOAc layer was washed with H₂O (2×50 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated to give 11.7 g (79%) of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoic acid as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.61 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H).

To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoic acid (11.3 g, 32.8 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) was added toluene (175 mL) followed by TMSCHN₂ (2M in hexane, 44 mL, 98 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 11.8 g (100%) of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoate as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (br s, 9H).

To a solution of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoate (11.8 g, 33 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at −78° C. was added LAH powder (3.1 g, 82.0 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. and allowed to warm to RT over 16 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and the reaction was quenched by slowly adding 3 mL of H₂O. The mixture was diluted with DCM (500 mL) followed by the addition of 1N NaOH (6 mL) and H₂O (9 mL). After stirring at 0° C. for 30 min, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give 10 g (95%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R⁶=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.49 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.41 (br s, 9H).

Method DC Step 4; 3-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide

To a solution of SOCl₂ (5.7 mL, 2.5 eq) in dry CH₃CN (37 mL) under argon was cooled to −40° C. was added tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R⁴=Me) (10.3 g, 31 mmol) in dry CH₃CN (27 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of dry pyridine (12.4 mL, 160 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was then allowed to warm to RT in 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to about 30 mL. EtOAc (30 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 10.4 g (89%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.64 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 4.52 (q, J=9.5 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.42 (br s, 9H).

To a solution of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide (10.4 g, 28 mmol) in CH₃CN (50 mL) at 0° C. was added RuO₄ (0.5% in stabilized aq., 50 mg, 0.1% by weight) in H₂O (10 mL) and NaIO₄ (8.9 g, 41.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) in H₂O (35 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was partitioned between Et₂O (200 mL) and H₂O (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et₂O (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated to give 10.8 g (100%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R⁶=Me) as a white solid (˜10.8 g, yield: 100%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J1=9.3 Hz, J2=20.4 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H).

Method DC Step 5; 3-Allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide

3-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R⁶=Me) (10.8 g, 28 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (40 mL, 5 eq) and the mixture was left standing at RT for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 7.3 g (91%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 1.82 (s, 3H).

To a solution of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (7.3 g, 25 mmol) in DCM (77 mL) was added allyl iodide (9.1 mL, 100 mmol, 4 eq), followed by BnBu₃NCl (0.39 g, 1.3 mmol) and 40% NaOH (28 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The organic layer was separated and the solvent was evaporated. Silica gel chromatography using 5-20% EtOAc/hexanes gave 8.3 g (100%) of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R⁶=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.64 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.33 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dd, J1=8.7 Hz, J2=23.7 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.68 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 3H).

Method DC Step 6; N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine

To a suspension of NaH (60%, 0.14 g, 1.5 eq) in 0.5 mL of anhydrous DMF was added tert-butyl hydroxy(methyl)carbamate (0.52 g, 1.5 eq) in 1.5 mL of DMF. After stirring at RT for 15 min, a solution of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R⁶=Me) (0.78 g, 2.3 mmol) in 6 mL of anhydrous DMF was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and 1N HCl (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give 0.45 g (41%) of a product which was used without purification.

To a solution of the above product (3.86 g, 8.1 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added a pre-stirred (15 min) mixture of Pd₂(dba)₃ (0.51 g, 0.41 mmol) and 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) in THF (5 mL), followed by thiosalicyliacid (2.2 g, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.3 g (37%) product as a oil which was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (11 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with CHCl₃ (10 mL) followed by treatment with 1N NaOH tol pH˜12. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to give 0.56 g (76%) of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R⁶=Me, R¹=Me) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

7.74 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J1=9.6 Hz, J2=28.8 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H).

Method DC Step 7; 5-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

To a solution of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R⁶=Me, R¹=Me) (0.76 g, 2.9 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.46 g, 4.4 mmol, 1.5 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated. The residue was redissolved in CHCl₃ (20 mL) and washed with 2N NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl₃ (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give 0.82 g (100%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R⁶=Me, R¹=Me) as a light yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 10.59 (s, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=57.7 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H).

Method DC Step 8; 5-(3-(3-Cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

A mixture of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R⁶=Me, R¹=Me) (0.025 g, 0.088 mmol, 1 eq), 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.5 eq), FibreCat (40 mg), anhydrous ethanol (1.5 mL), and a 1N K₂CO₃ aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.4 eq) in a microwave vial was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by prep HPLC (B) to give 0.012 g (44%) of 5-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC8; R⁶=Me, R¹=Me, R²¹=3-cyanophenyl) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.67 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 4.22 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=48.6 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.3 (M⁺H)

Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared:

5-(3-(3-Pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.85 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.76 (m, 1H), 8.65 (m, 1H), 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=37.4 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 283.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(5-Pyrimidyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.77 (br s, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=45.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 284.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.63 (s, 1H), 8.00 (br s, 1H), 7.46-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.7.40 (m, 3H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.4 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 316.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.72 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (dt, J1=1.6 Hz, J2=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.23 (m, 1H), 4.21 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 366.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Toluyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.61 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=58.2 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 296.4 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.71 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=54.9 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 350.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(2-Fluoro-5-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.50 (s, 1H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J1=2.1 Hz, J2=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=12.0 Hz, J2=50.4 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 325.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(2-Fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.53 (s, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=58.5 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 330.1 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Dimethylaminocarbonylphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.58 (s, 1H), 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.65 (m, 8H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.7 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 353.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(2,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.50 (s, 1H), 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.94 (m, 3H), 4.18 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=65.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 342.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

9.75 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 2H), 4.15 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=35.7 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.3 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(3-Fluorophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.77 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.56 (m, 7H), 7.01-7.08 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 300.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(4-Cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.67 (s, 1H), 8.01 (br s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 4H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=47.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.2 (M⁺H)

5-(3-(4-Methoxy-3-pyridyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine

¹H NMR (CDCl₃)

10.55 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=49.4 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 313.2 (M⁺H)

Method DD

Method DD Step 1

To a 10 mL MeOH solution of DD1 (R³=R⁶=H, R⁷=Me, 1 g) was added p-methoxybenzaldehyde (1 eq) and 4 A molecular sieves (4 g). The solution was stirred overnight before sodium borohydride (1 eq) was added and reaction stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using MeOH/DCM to afford compound DD2 (R³=R⁶=H, R⁷=Me).

Method DD Step 2

Procedure similar to Method CF, step 2 was used for generation of DD3 (R¹=Me, R³=R⁶=H, R⁷=Me).

Method DD Step 3

Procedure similar to Method CF, step 3 was used for generation of DD4 (R¹=Me, R³=R⁶=H, R⁷=Me) from DD3

Method DD Step 4

Compound DD4 was hydrogenated using Pd(OH)₂/C in Methanol. After removal of the catalyst and solvent the crude product was treated with 20% TFA in DCM to give product DD5 (R¹=Me, R³=R⁶=H, R⁷=Me) after purification.

Method DE

Method DE Step 1: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-methylsulfanyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide

2-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethenesulfonyl chloride DE1 is treated with 1.2 equivalents of S-methyl isothiourea hemisulfate and a slight excess of 1N NaOH in acetone. After 12 h at RT the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the precipitate collected to give the title compound.

Method DE Step 2: N-(2-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethene-1-sulfonyl)-S-methylisothiourea

Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), N-(2-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylene-1-sulfonyl)thiourea DE2 in DMF is treated with 1N NaOH (2.4 equivalents) and dimethyl sulfate (1.2 equivalents) at 0-10° C. After 3 h at RT, the reaction mixture is poured into ice water. The precipitate is collected, washed with water and dried to give the title compound DE3.

Method DE Step 2: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one

Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methylsulfanyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide DE2 in acetone is treated with 1N NaOH and the mixture is refluxed for 2 h. The acetone is evaporated and the mixture is acidified with conc. HCl to afford the title compound DE3.

Method DE Step 3: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one

Using a method similar to that described by A. Etienne et al. (Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1974, 1395) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one DE3 is treated with sodium methoxide (1 equivalent) in methanol. Add methyl iodide (1.2 equivalent) in DMF and allow to stir for 12 h. Pour the mixture into ice water and collect the precipitate of the title compound DE4.

Method DE Step 4: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-thione

To a solution of DE4 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO₄) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DE5).

Method DE Step 5: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-ylideneamine

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DE5 is used to prepare the title compound (DE6).

As a variant of this method, DE2 is treated with ammonia and the resultant product is treated with sodium hydride and methyl iodide in DMF to give the product DE6

Method DF

Method DF Step 1: 2-Hydrazinocarbonylpropane-2-sulfonic acid Cyclohexylamide

Using a method similar to that described by S. Paik and E. H. White (Tetrahedron, 1996, 52, 5303), 2-cyclohexylsulfamoyl-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester DF1 (which is prepared by the method of A. De Blic et al. (Synthesis, 1982, 281)) in ethanol is treated with 1.2 equivalent of 95% hydrazine under N₂ and the mixture is allowed to stand at RT for 12 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated to give the title compound DF2 which is used directly in Step 2.

Method DF Step 2: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-one-1,1-dioxide

A solution of DF2 in CH₂Cl₂ is refluxed under a N₂ for 10 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound DF3.

Method DF Step 3: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-thione-1,1-dioxide

To a solution of DF3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO₄) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DF4).

Method DF Step 4: 2-Cyclohexyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-thiadiazolidin-3-imine-1,1-dioxide

Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DF4 is used to prepare the title compound (DF5).

The following table contains example compounds which were synthesized with procedure(s) similar to methods listed in the corresponding column and whose LCMS data (obs. mass) are also listed.

Obs. # Compounds Method Mass 1491

CF 297 1492

CF 333.9 1493

CF 329.9 1494

CF 387.9 1495

AW 281 1496

CF 306 1497

AB 307 1498

CF 314 1499

CF 318 1500

CF 325 1501

CF 325 1502

CF 330 1503

CF 336 1504

CF 336 1505

AB 340 1506

CE 342 1507

CF 343 1508

CF 344 1509

CF 344 1510

CF 344 1511

AB 354 1512

A 354 1513

CF 358 1514

CF 358 1515

BS 358 1516

A 364 1517

A 366 1518

A 366 1519

A 368 1520

A 370 1521

AB 374 1522

A 380 1523

A 382 1524

A 382 1525

BS 383 1526

CF 384 1527

A 384 1528

A 384 1529

A 384 1530

A 384 1531

A 396 1532

A 396 1533

A 397 1534

A 398 1535

A 398 1536

A 398 1537

A 398 1538

A 398 1539

A 400 1540

A 402 1541

AB 404 1542

A 406 1543

A 406 1544

BS 408 1545

A 410 1546

A 410 1547

A 411 1548

A 412 1549

A 412 1550

A 414 1551

CE 415 1552

A 416 1553

A 417 1554

A 417 1555

A 419 1556

A 420 1557

A 421 1558

A 422 1559

A 422 1560

A 422 1561

A 423 1562

A 423 1563

CE 424 1564

A 425 1565

A 426 1566

A 426 1567

A 426 1568

A 431 1569

A 431 1570

A 431 1571

A 433 1572

A 434 1573

A 437 1574

A 439 1575

A 465 1576

CG 470 1577

CG 470 1578

CG 470 1579

CG 470 1580

CE 474 1581

CG 484 1582

CG 484 1583

BR 489 1584

CF 274.1 1585

AW 311.1 1586

AG 312.1 1587

AS 319.1 1588

CF 320.1 1589

CF 325.1 1590

AB 328.1 1591

AW 332.1 1592

CE 333.1 1593

CF 336.1 1594

AW 337.1 1595

CF 337.1 1596

CF 337.1 1597

CF 337.1 1598

AB 338.1 1599

AB 338.1 1600

CE 338.1 1601

CF 339.1 1602

CE 339.1 1603

AB 342.1 1604

AW 343.1 1605

AB 345.1 1606

AB 346.1 1607

AB 350.1 1608

CF 350.1 1609

AW 356.1 1610

AW 357.1 1611

AW 359.1 1612

AB 362.1 1613

CE 364.1 1614

CE 365.1 1615

AW 367.1 1616

AW 368.1 1617

AW 372.1 1618

CF 373.1 1619

AB 378.4 1620

AW 378.1 1621

CF 379.1 1622

CF 384.1 1623

BQ 386.1 1624

BQ 387.1 1625

AB 388.1 1626

CO 399.1 1627

BW 412.1 1628

BW 412.1 1629

CE 414.1 1630

BQ 419.1 1631

AW 421.1 1632

AM 425.1 1633

AW 425.1 1634

BW 426.1 1635

AW 436.1 1636

BQ 439.1 1637

BQ 440.1 1638

BQ 453.1 1639

CH 455.1 1640

BW 463.1 1641

Q 468.1 1642

BS 478.1 1643

BS 478.1 1644

BS 484.1 1645

BS 484.1 1646

BQ 492.1 1647

BW 492.1 1648

BW 495.1 1649

BW 496.1 1650

Q 560.1 1651

AW 569.1 1652

BW 573.1 1653

AW 470.1 1654

AW 307.2 1655

AW 308.2 1656

CP 308.2 1657

AW 315.2 1658

AW 321.2 1659

CO 321.2 1660

AW 325.2 1661

AW 326.2 1662

AW 328.2 1663

AW 331.2 1664

CE 335.2 1665

AW 336.2 1666

AW 337.2 1667

CF 339.2 1668

AW 340.2 1669

CO 341.2 1670

AW 342.2 1671

AW 346.2 1672

AW 350.2 1673

CJ 352.2 1674

AW 354.2 1675

AW 355.2 1676

CE 359.2 1677

AW 361.2 1678

AW 361.2 1679

AW 361.2 1680

AW 362.2 1681

AW 368.2 1682

AW 372.2 1683

AW 374.2 1684

BQ 375.2 1685

CL 377.2 1686

BK 377.2 1687

AW 377.2 1688

CG 378.2 1689

AW 383.2 1690

CO 385.2 1691

BQ 386.2 1692

AW 406.2 1693

CL 408.2 1694

BS 409.2 1695

BW 412.2 1696

BW 413.2 1697

BW 413.2 1698

BS 420.2 1699

R 425.2 1700

R 425.2 1701

BQ 429.2 1702

BQ 430.2 1703

R 434.2 1704

A 434.2 1705

BW 437.2 1706

AW 439.2 1707

BQ 440.2 1708

BQ 441.2 1709

BQ 441.2 1710

BW 442.2 1711

BQ 445.2 1712

BQ 446.2 1713

R 446.2 1714

R 446.2 1715

BS 448.2 1716

R 448.2 1717

BQ 450.2 1718

BC 450.2 1719

BW 451.2 1720

Cl 452.2 1721

BQ 454.2 1722

BQ 454.2 1723

AW 419.2 1724

AW 423.2 1725

AW 430.2 1726

AW 431.2 1727

AW 435.2 1728

CK 439.2 1729

AW 441.2 1730

AW 450.3 1731

CK 453.3 1732

CK 453.3 1733

AW 453.3 1734

CK 455.3 1735

L 467.3 1736

L 467.3 1737

CK 469.3 1738

CK 481.3 1739

CK 483.3 1740

CK 497.3 1741

CK 525.3 1742

BQ 515.3 1743

BQ 516.3 1744

BQ 519.3 1745

BS 522.3 1746

BQ 525.3 1747

BQ 532.3 1748

CG 576.3 1749

BQ 455.3 1750

BW 456.3 1751

BQ 456.3 1752

BQ 456.3 1753

BS 456.3 1754

BQ 456.3 1755

AW 456.3 1756

BQ 458.3 1757

BQ 458.3 1758

BQ 458.3 1759

BQ 458.3 1760

BS 460.3 1761

R 460.3 1762

BW 462.3 1763

BW 462.3 1764

BW 463.3 1765

BQ 464.3 1766

BQ 464.3 1767

BW 465.3 1768

BQ 467.3 1769

Q 467.3 1770

BS 468.3 1771

SW 468.3 1772

Q 468.3 1773

BQ 469.3 1774

BQ 469.3 1775

CG 469.3 1776

BQ 470.3 1777

BQ 470.3 1778

BS 472.3 1779

BQ 473.3 1780

BQ 473.3 1781

BS 473.3 1782

Q 473.3 1783

AW 473.3 1784

BQ 474.3 1785

BQ 478.3 1786

AZ 478.3 1787

AZ 478.3 1788

BS 479.3 1789

Q 481.3 1790

BS 482.3 1791

Q 482.3 1792

R 482.3 1793

R 482.3 1794

R 482.3 1795

R 482.3 1796

BS 484.3 1797

R 486.3 1798

R 486.3 1799

CK 487.3 1800

BS 488.3 1801

BS 488.3 1802

BS 488.3 1803

BQ 488.3 1804

BW 488.3 1805

R 488.3 1806

BQ 489.3 1807

BQ 489.3 1808

AW 489.3 1809

BQ 492.3 1810

Q 493.3 1811

BS 497.3 1812

CG 497.3 1813

BS 498.3 1814

R 498.3 1815

498.3 1816

498.3 1817

R 500.3 1818

R 502.3 1819

R 502.3 1820

BS 504.3 1821

BS 504.3 1822

BQ 504.3 1823

BQ 508.3 1824

CF 329.1, 331.1 1825

CF 334.0, 336.0 1826

CF 342.1, 344.1 1827

CF 352.0, 353.9 1828

CF 358.1, 360.1 1829

CF 363.4, 365.1 1830

CF 367.9, 369.9 1831

A 501.1, 499 1832

CE 309

Human Cathepsin D FRET Assay

This assay can be run in either continuous or endpoint format. The substrate used below has been described (Y. Yasuda et al., J. Biochem., 125, 1137 (1999)). Substrate and enzyme are commercially available.

The assay is run in a 30 ul final volume using a 384 well Nunc black plate. 8 concentrations of compound are pre-incubated with enzyme for 30 mins at 37 C followed by addition of substrate with continued incubation at 37 C for 45 mins. The rate of increase in fluorescence is linear for over 1 h and is measured at the end of the incubation period using a Molecular Devices FLEX station plate reader. Kis are interpolated from the IC50s using a Km value of 4 uM and the substrate concentration of 2.5 uM.

Reagents

Na-Acetate pH 5

1% Brij-35 from 10% stock (Calbiochem)

DMSO

Purified (>95%) human liver Cathepsin D (Athens Research & Technology Cat#16-12-030104)

Peptide substrate (Km=4 uM) Mca-Gly-Lys-Pro-Ile-Leu-Phe-Phe-Arg-Leu-Lys(Dnp)-D-Arg-NH₂ Bachem Cat # M-2455

Pepstatin is used as a control inhibitor (Ki˜0.5 nM) and is available from Sigma.

Nunc 384 well black plates

Final Assay Buffer Conditions

100 mM Na Acetate pH 5.0

0.02% Brij-35

1% DMSO

Compound is diluted to 3× final concentration in assay buffer containing 3% DMSO. 10 ul of compound is added to 10 ul of 2.25 nM enzyme (3×) diluted in assay buffer without DMSO, mixed briefly, spun, and incubated at 37 C for 30 mins. 3× substrate (7.5 uM) is prepared in 1× assay buffer without DMSO. 10 ul of substrate is added to each well mixed and spun briefly to initiate the reaction. Assay plates are incubated at 37 C for 45 mins and read on 384 compatible fluorescence plate reader using a 328 nm Ex and 393 nm Em.

Compounds of the present invention exhibit hCathD Ki data ranges from about 0.1 to about 500 nM, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 nM more preferably about 0.1 to about 75 nM.

The following are examples of compounds that exhibit hCathD Ki data under 75 nM.

structure

The following compound

has a hCath D Ki value of 0.45 nM.

BACE-1 Cloning, Protein Expression and Purification

A predicted soluble form of human BACE1 (sBACE1, corresponding to amino acids 1-454) was generated from the full length BACE1 cDNA (full length human BACE1 cDNA in pcDNA4/mycHisA construct; University of Toronto) by PCR using the advantage-GC cDNA PCR kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.). A HindIII/PmeI fragment from pcDNA4-sBACE1myc/His was blunt ended using Klenow and subcloned into the Stu I site of pFASTBACl(A) (Invitrogen). A sBACE1mycHis recombinant bacmid was generated by transposition in DH10Bac cells (GIBCO/BRL). Subsequently, the sBACE1mycHis bacmid construct was transfected into sf9 cells using CellFectin (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) in order to generate recombinant baculovirus. Sf9 cells were grown in SF 900-II medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 3% heat inactivated FBS and 0.5× penicillin/streptomycin solution (Invitrogen). Five milliliters of high titer plaque purified sBACEmyc/His virus was used to infect 1 L of logarithmically growing sf9 cells for 72 hours. Intact cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 3000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant, containing secreted sBACE1, was collected and diluted 50% v/v with 100 mM HEPES, pH 8.0. The diluted medium was loaded onto a Q-sepharose column. The Q-sepharose column was washed with Buffer A (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 50 mM NaCl).

Proteins, were eluted from the Q-sepharose column with Buffer B (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). The protein peaks from the O-sepharose column were pooled and loaded onto a Ni-NTA agarose column. The Ni-NTA column was then washed with Buffer C (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). Bound proteins were then eluted with Buffer D (Buffer C+250 mM imidazole). Peak protein fractions as determined by the Bradford Assay (Biorad, CA) were concentrated using a Centricon 30 concentrator (Millipore). sBACE1 purity was estimated to be ˜90% as assessed by SDS-PAGE and Commassie Blue staining. N-terminal sequencing indicated that greater than 90% of the purified sBACE1 contained the prodomain; hence this protein is referred to as sproBACE1

Peptide Hydrolysis Assay

The inhibitor, 25 nM EuK-biotin labeled APPsw substrate (EuK-KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDKC-biotin (SEQ ID NO: 1); CIS-Bio International, France), 5 μM unlabeled APPsw peptide (KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDK; (SEQ ID NO: 2) American Peptide Company, Sunnyvale, Calif.), 7 nM sproBACE1, 20 mM PIPES pH 5.0, 0.1% Brij-35 (protein grade, Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.), and 10% glycerol were preincubated for 30 min at 30° C. Reactions were initiated by addition of substrate in a 5 μl aliquot resulting in a total volume of 25 μl. After 3 hr at 30° C. reactions were terminated by addition of an equal volume of 2× stop buffer containing 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 0.5 M KF, 0.001% Brij-35, 20 μg/ml SA-XL665 (cross-linked allophycocyanin protein coupled to streptavidin; CIS-Bio International, France) (0.5 μg/well). Plates were shaken briefly and spun at 1200×g for 10 seconds to pellet all liquid to the bottom of the plate before the incubation. HTRF measurements were made on a Packard Discovery® HTRF plate reader using 337 nm laser light to excite the sample followed by a 50 μs delay and simultaneous measurements of both 620 nm and 665 nm emissions for 400 μs.

IC₅₀ determinations for inhibitors, (I), were determined by measuring the percent change of the relative fluorescence at 665 nm divided by the relative fluorescence at 620 nm, (665/620 ratio), in the presence of varying concentrations of I and a fixed concentration of enzyme and substrate. Nonlinear regression analysis of this data was performed using GraphPad Prism 3.0 software selecting four parameter logistic equation, that allows for a variable slope. Y=Bottom+(Top-Bottom)/(1+10^(Log EC50−X)*Hill Slope)); X is the logarithm of concentration of I, Y is the percent change in ratio and Y starts at bottom and goes to top with a sigmoid shape.

Compounds of the present invention have an IC₅₀ range from about 0.001 to about 500 μM, preferably about 0.001 to about 100 μM, more preferably about 0.001 to about 20 μM.

Examples of compounds with human BACE 1 IC50<1 μM are listed below:

Human Mature Renin Enzyme Assay:

Human Renin was cloned from a human kidney cDNA library and C-terminally epitope-tagged with the V5-6His sequence into pcDNA3.1. pCNDA3.1-Renin-V5-6His was stably expressed in HEK293 cells and purified to >80% using standard Ni-Affinity chromatography. The prodomain of the recombinant human renin-V5-6His was removed by limited proteolysis using immobilized TPCK-trypsin to give mature-human renin. Renin enzymatic activity was monitored using a commercially available fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) peptide substrate, RS-1 (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) in 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, 0.1% Brij-35 and 5% DMSO buffer for 40 mins at 30 degrees celsius in the presence or absence of different concentrations of test compounds. Mature human Renin was present at approximately 200 nM. Inhibitory activity was defined as the percent decrease in renin induced fluorescence at the end of the 40 min incubation compared to vehicle controls and samples lacking enzyme.

Compound 1% of hRenin at 100 μM

68.8

75.3

76.9

In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one cholinesterase inhibitor, acetyl- and/or butyrylcholinesterase inhibitors can be used. Examples of cholinesterase inhibitors are tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine, galantamine, pyridostigmine and neostigmine, with tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine and galantamine being preferred. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.

In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one muscarinic m₁ agonist or m₂ antagonist can be used. Examples of m₁ agonists are known in the art. Examples of m₂ antagonists are also known in the art; in particular, m₂ antagonists are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,883,096; 6,037,352; 5,889,006; 6,043,255; 5,952,349; 5,935,958; 6,066,636; 5,977,138; 6,294,554; 6,043,255; and 6,458,812; and in WO 03/031412, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

In other aspects of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I and at least one other agent, for example a beta secretase inhibitor; a gamma secretase inhibitor; an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor such as atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin; non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents such as, but not necessarily limited to ibuprofen, relafen or naproxen; N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists such as memantine; anti-amyloid antibodies including humanized monoclonal antibodies; vitamin E; nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonists; CB1 receptor inverse agonists or CB1 receptor antagonists; antibiotics such as doxycycline; growth hormone secretagogues; histamine H3 antagonists; AMPA agonists; PDE4 inhibitors; GABA_(A) inverse agonists; inhibitors of amyloid aggregation; glycogen synthase kinase beta inhibitors; promoters of alpha secretase activity. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.

For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g. magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, (1990), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.

Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.

Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.

Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.

The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.

Preferably the compound is administered orally.

Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.

The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably from about 1 mg to about 25 mg, according to the particular application.

The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.

The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 1 mg/day to about 300 mg/day, preferably 1 mg/day to 50 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.

When a compound of formula I is used in combination with a cholinesterase inhibitor to treat cognitive disorders, these two active components may be co-administered simultaneously or sequentially, or a single pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be administered. The components of the combination can be administered individually or together in any conventional oral or parenteral dosage form such as capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension, solution, suppository, nasal spray, etc. The dosage of the cholinesterase inhibitor can be determined from published material, and may range from 0.001 to 100 mg/kg body weight.

When separate pharmaceutical compositions of a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor are to be administered, they can be provided in a kit comprising in a single package, one container comprising a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a separate container comprising a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, with the compound of formula I and the cholinesterase inhibitor being present in amounts such that the combination is therapeutically effective. A kit is advantageous for administering a combination when, for example, the components must be administered at different time intervals or when they are in different dosage forms.

While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention. 

1. A compound, or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from the group consisting of:


2. A compound, or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from the group consisting of:


3. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
 4. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 2, or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
 5. A method of treating Alzheimer's Disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment and effective amount of a compound of claim
 1. 6. A method of treating Alzheimer's Disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment and effective amount of a compound of claim
 2. 7. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, a muscarinic m₂ antagonist, a gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, and a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
 8. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 7, wherein said at least one additional active agent is selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, and a muscarinic m₂ antagonist.
 9. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 7, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of: atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin.
 10. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 7, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent selected from the group consisting of ibuprofen, relafen and naproxen.
 11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 2, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, a muscarinic m₂ antagonist, a gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, and a pharmaceutically effective carrier.
 12. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, wherein said at least one additional active agent is selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, and a muscarinic m₂ antagonist.
 13. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of: atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin.
 14. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent selected from the group consisting of ibuprofen, relafen and naproxen.
 15. A method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1, in combination with at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, a muscarinic m₂ antagonist, a gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
 16. A method of claim 15, wherein said at least one additional active agent is selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, and a muscarinic m₂ antagonist.
 17. A method of claim 15, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of: atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin.
 18. A method of claim 15, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent selected from the group consisting of ibuprofen, relafen and naproxen.
 19. A method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 2 in combination with at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, a muscarinic m₂ antagonist, a gamma secretase inhibitor, an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
 20. A method of claim 19, wherein said at least one additional active agent is selected from the group consisting of a cholinesterase inhibitor, a muscarinic m₁ agonist, and a muscarinic m₂ antagonist.
 21. A method of claim 19, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of: atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin.
 22. A method of claim 19, wherein said at least one additional active agent is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent selected from the group consisting of ibuprofen, relafen and naproxen. 